EP0458131A1 - Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same - Google Patents
Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP0458131A1 EP0458131A1 EP91107440A EP91107440A EP0458131A1 EP 0458131 A1 EP0458131 A1 EP 0458131A1 EP 91107440 A EP91107440 A EP 91107440A EP 91107440 A EP91107440 A EP 91107440A EP 0458131 A1 EP0458131 A1 EP 0458131A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- processing composition
- processing
- group
- solution
- photographic
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 244
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 115
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 title description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 151
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- -1 silver halide Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe3+ Chemical class [Fe+3] VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- MMIPFLVOWGHZQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N manganese(3+) Chemical class [Mn+3] MMIPFLVOWGHZQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 claims description 104
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].BrCl Chemical compound [Ag].BrCl SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910021607 Silver chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Ag+] HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 4
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 290
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 243
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 41
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 36
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 20
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000010413 mother solution Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000008237 rinsing water Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 14
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 10
- VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)-N-[3-oxo-3-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propyl]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C(=O)NCCC(N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)=O VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 9
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 206010034960 Photophobia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 208000013469 light sensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012487 rinsing solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- LPZOCVVDSHQFST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-ethylpyrazol-1-yl]-1-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethanone Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C=1C(=NN(C=1)CC(=O)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)CC LPZOCVVDSHQFST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000005558 fluorometry Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromate Chemical class [O-]Br(=O)=O SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DMQQXDPCRUGSQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]propyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DMQQXDPCRUGSQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 4
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 4
- XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiosulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001447 ferric ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004989 p-phenylenediamines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver bromide Chemical compound [Ag]Br ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver bromoiodide Chemical compound [Ag].IBr ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010802 sludge Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004764 thiosulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CNGYZEMWVAWWOB-VAWYXSNFSA-N 5-[[4-anilino-6-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]amino]-2-[(e)-2-[4-[[4-anilino-6-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]amino]-2-sulfophenyl]ethenyl]benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound N=1C(NC=2C=C(C(\C=C\C=3C(=CC(NC=4N=C(N=C(NC=5C=CC=CC=5)N=4)N(CCO)CCO)=CC=3)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=2)S(O)(=O)=O)=NC(N(CCO)CCO)=NC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 CNGYZEMWVAWWOB-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(O)(C)P(O)(O)=O DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AFCARXCZXQIEQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[3-oxo-3-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propyl]-2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound O=C(CCNC(=O)C=1C=NC(=NC=1)NCC1=CC(=CC=C1)OC(F)(F)F)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 AFCARXCZXQIEQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromic acid Chemical compound OBr(=O)=O SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008233 hard water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002563 ionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003009 phosphonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyrazole Chemical compound N1=NC2=CC=NC2=C1 GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000005070 ripening Effects 0.000 description 3
- MSFGZHUJTJBYFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dichloroisocyanurate Chemical compound [Na+].ClN1C(=O)[N-]C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O MSFGZHUJTJBYFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dihydropyrazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CC=NN1 ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]propyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)C(C)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3,3-diamino-1,2,2-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclohexyl]acetic acid Chemical compound NC1(N)CCCC(CC(O)=O)(CC(O)=O)C1(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYELSNVLZVIGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl]-5-ethylpyrazol-1-yl]-1-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethanone Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C=1C=NN(C=1CC)CC(=O)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 FYELSNVLZVIGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LXBGSDVWAMZHDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound CC1=NC=CN1 LXBGSDVWAMZHDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOOXCMJARBKPKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC(O)=O JOOXCMJARBKPKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical compound [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical class C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIPNSKYNPDTRPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-oxo-2-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethyl]-2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound O=C(CNC(=O)C=1C=NC(=NC=1)NCC1=CC(=CC=C1)OC(F)(F)F)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 NIPNSKYNPDTRPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100221809 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) cpd-7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium salicylate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N TOTP Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1OP(=O)(OC=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyrin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCC)COC(=O)CCC UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HOLVRJRSWZOAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].ICl Chemical compound [Ag].ICl HOLVRJRSWZOAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium bromide Chemical compound [NH4+].[Br-] SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCC DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl benzenesulfonate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- FBAFATDZDUQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M iron chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Fe] FBAFATDZDUQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VCJMYUPGQJHHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(3+);trinitrate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O VCJMYUPGQJHHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002667 nucleating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- CMCWWLVWPDLCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenidone Chemical compound N1C(=O)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 CMCWWLVWPDLCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 2
- ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoformic acid Chemical class OC(=O)P(O)(O)=O ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium nitrate Chemical compound [K+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZJEFVRRDAORHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-hydroxy-5-sulfobenzoate Chemical compound [K+].OC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1C([O-])=O ZJEFVRRDAORHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N protoneodioscin Natural products O(C[C@@H](CC[C@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]2[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@H]4[C@@H]([C@]5(C)C(=CC4)C[C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@H](CO)O4)CC5)CC3)C[C@@H]2O1)C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000837 restrainer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940080264 sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004328 sodium tetraborate Substances 0.000 description 2
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical class [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanic acid Chemical compound SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BYGOPQKDHGXNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripotassium;iron(3+);hexacyanide Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[Fe+3].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-] BYGOPQKDHGXNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOOCNDFTHKSTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-trichloropropyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound CC(Cl)C(Cl)(Cl)OP(O)(O)=O LOOCNDFTHKSTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116368 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IAUKWGFWINVWKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-di(propan-2-yl)naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C(C)C)C(C(C)C)=CC=C21 IAUKWGFWINVWKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-thiazole 1-oxide Chemical class O=S1C=CC=N1 JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005208 1,4-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IWDFHWZHHOSSGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethylimidazole Chemical compound CCN1C=CN=C1 IWDFHWZHHOSSGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALAVMPYROHSFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-3-[3-(5-sulfanylidene-2h-tetrazol-1-yl)phenyl]urea Chemical compound CNC(=O)NC1=CC=CC(N2C(=NN=N2)S)=C1 ALAVMPYROHSFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQNVPKIIYQJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tetradecylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN1CCCC1=O VQNVPKIIYQJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWKSBJVOQGKDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)O RWKSBJVOQGKDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSQFVBWFPBKHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4-trichlorophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1Cl HSQFVBWFPBKHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKTAIYGNOFSMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-di(nonyl)phenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(O)=C1CCCCCCCCC JKTAIYGNOFSMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMVJWKURWRGJCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenol Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)CC)=C1 WMVJWKURWRGJCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBAITADHMBPOQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC(C=2NC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)=N1 JBAITADHMBPOQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QADPIHSGFPJNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1h-benzimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1CC1=NC=CS1 QADPIHSGFPJNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYNJBYWUAUHJNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,2-dihydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethane-1,1-diol Chemical compound OC(O)CSCC(O)O OYNJBYWUAUHJNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-amino-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFXLRLQSHRNHCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-amino-n-ethylanilino)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WFXLRLQSHRNHCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTIMKVIDORQQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl-4-hydroxybenzoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VTIMKVIDORQQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethylsulfanyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCSCCSCCO PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMCBSXCBAPZBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CN(CC(=O)OCC)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O GMCBSXCBAPZBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKRNNIGZNCVVHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate;trimethylazanium Chemical compound C[NH+](C)C.C[NH+](C)C.C[NH+](C)C.C[NH+](C)C.[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O JKRNNIGZNCVVHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRUVVLWKPGIYEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[carboxymethyl-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]ethyl-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(O)C=1CN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1O GRUVVLWKPGIYEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMKGJQHNYMWDFJ-CVEARBPZSA-N 2-[[4-(2,2-difluoropropoxy)pyrimidin-5-yl]methylamino]-4-[[(1R,4S)-4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylcyclohexyl]amino]pyrimidine-5-carbonitrile Chemical compound FC(COC1=NC=NC=C1CNC1=NC=C(C(=N1)N[C@H]1CC([C@H](CC1)O)(C)C)C#N)(C)F FMKGJQHNYMWDFJ-CVEARBPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VADKRMSMGWJZCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromophenol Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1Br VADKRMSMGWJZCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJCIHMAOTRVTJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxy-n,n-dibutyl-5-(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)aniline Chemical compound CCCCOC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C=C1N(CCCC)CCCC BJCIHMAOTRVTJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISPYQTSUDJAMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorophenol Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1Cl ISPYQTSUDJAMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UADWUILHKRXHMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl benzoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UADWUILHKRXHMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940106004 2-ethylhexyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-7-nitro-4h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical class C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C(=O)N(O)C(C)(C)CC2=C1 NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQMGXSMKUXLLER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-5-sulfobenzoic acid;sodium Chemical compound [Na].OC(=O)C1=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1O IQMGXSMKUXLLER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDZYRENCLPUXAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1h-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C)=NC2=C1 LDZYRENCLPUXAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DXYYSGDWQCSKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C)=NC2=C1 DXYYSGDWQCSKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSBZMUUPEHHYCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxo-1,3,2-dioxathietan-4-one Chemical class O=C1OS(=O)O1 DSBZMUUPEHHYCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- SDXAWLJRERMRKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound CC=1C=C(C)NN=1 SDXAWLJRERMRKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWYJDIUEHHCHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[bis(2-carboxyethyl)amino]ethyl-(2-carboxyethyl)amino]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCN(CCC(O)=O)CCN(CCC(O)=O)CCC(O)=O KWYJDIUEHHCHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRZDIHADHZSFBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-oxo-n,3-diphenylpropanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XRZDIHADHZSFBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVNPWFOVUDMGRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylaminophenol sulfate Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.CNC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CNC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZVNPWFOVUDMGRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBTWVJKPQPQTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n,4-n-diethyl-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 XBTWVJKPQPQTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNGVNLMMEQUVQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n,4-n-diethylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 QNGVNLMMEQUVQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTOCKMVNXPZCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-dodecyl-4-n-ethyl-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 MTOCKMVNXPZCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFAJEKUNEVVYCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-ethyl-4-n-(2-methoxyethyl)-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound COCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 FFAJEKUNEVVYCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUSANAYXICMXBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-prop-2-enylmorpholine Chemical compound C=CCN1CCOCC1 SUSANAYXICMXBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REJHVSOVQBJEBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-azaniumyl-2-[2-(4-azaniumyl-2-sulfonatophenyl)ethenyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1S(O)(=O)=O REJHVSOVQBJEBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZBQVZFITSVHAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-2h-benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=CC2=NNN=C21 PZBQVZFITSVHAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRUDIIUSNGCQKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=C(C)C=CC2=NNN=C21 LRUDIIUSNGCQKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INVVMIXYILXINW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-1h-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-one Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)N2NC=NC2=N1 INVVMIXYILXINW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOCDQWRMYHJTMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-2h-benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=CC2=NNN=C21 AOCDQWRMYHJTMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPAZGLFMMUODDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-nitro-1h-benzimidazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C2N=CNC2=C1 XPAZGLFMMUODDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Betaine Natural products C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004803 Di-2ethylhexylphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PGIBJVOPLXHHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Di-n-decyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCCCCCCCC PGIBJVOPLXHHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diammonium sulfite Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])=O PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOWAEIGWURALJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexyl phthalate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)OC2CCCCC2)C=1C(=O)OC1CCCCC1 VOWAEIGWURALJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZKRHPLGUJDVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-K EDTA trisodium salt Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O QZKRHPLGUJDVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005955 Ferric phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O N,N,N-trimethylglycinium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(O)=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- CWNSVVHTTQBGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diethyldodecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(CC)CC CWNSVVHTTQBGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZORFPDSXLZWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethyl-1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BZORFPDSXLZWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYXGIOKAKDAARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(2-hydroxyethyl)iminodiacetic acid Chemical compound OCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O JYXGIOKAKDAARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUGPIZCTELGDOS-QHCPKHFHSA-N N-[(1S)-3-[4-(3-methyl-5-propan-2-yl-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)piperidin-1-yl]-1-pyridin-3-ylpropyl]cyclopentanecarboxamide Chemical compound C(C)(C)C1=NN=C(N1C1CCN(CC1)CC[C@@H](C=1C=NC=CC=1)NC(=O)C1CCCC1)C NUGPIZCTELGDOS-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKYBYDHXWVHEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[1-oxo-1-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propan-2-yl]-2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound O=C(C(C)NC(=O)C=1C=NC(=NC=1)NCC1=CC(=CC=C1)OC(F)(F)F)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 MKYBYDHXWVHEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JSJWCHRYRHKBBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-carbamoyl-beta-alanine Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCC(O)=O JSJWCHRYRHKBBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonylphenol Natural products CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGSLYBDCEGBZCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octicizer Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(=O)(OCC(CC)CCCC)OC1=CC=CC=C1 CGSLYBDCEGBZCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000276426 Poecilia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000388 Polyphosphate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021612 Silver iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000005708 Sodium hypochlorite Substances 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001061127 Thione Species 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZQSLXQPHPOTHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [K+].[K+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 Chemical group [K+].[K+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 FZQSLXQPHPOTHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Nitrilotris(methylene)]trisphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)(O)=O)CP(O)(O)=O YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N acetaldehyde Chemical compound [14CH]([14CH3])=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001413 acetanilide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VYTBPJNGNGMRFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;azane Chemical compound N.N.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O VYTBPJNGNGMRFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSAWRZHGQQHBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;benzene-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.NC1=CC=CC=C1N LRSAWRZHGQQHBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCNBTJXCJYBNOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;propane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(N)CN JCNBTJXCJYBNOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001508 alkali metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008045 alkali metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DFNYGALUNNFWKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminoacetonitrile Chemical compound NCC#N DFNYGALUNNFWKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003868 ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XGGLLRJQCZROSE-UHFFFAOYSA-K ammonium iron(iii) sulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O XGGLLRJQCZROSE-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiocyanate Chemical compound [NH4+].[S-]C#N SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003254 anti-foaming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003934 aromatic aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZTASAUPEDXWMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;iron(3+) Chemical class N.[Fe+3] KZTASAUPEDXWMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DMSMPAJRVJJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[d]isothiazol-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NSC2=C1 DMSMPAJRVJJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UADWUILHKRXHMM-ZDUSSCGKSA-N benzoflex 181 Natural products CCCC[C@H](CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UADWUILHKRXHMM-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEBKNCYVSZUHCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(3-ethylpentan-3-yl) benzene-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound CCC(CC)(CC)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC(CC)(CC)CC SEBKNCYVSZUHCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTWCQJZIAHGJJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenyl] benzene-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC)=CC=C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C1C(C)(C)CC DTWCQJZIAHGJJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEJPXAVHAFEXQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenyl] benzene-1,3-dicarboxylate Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC)=CC=C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=CC(=CC=2)C(C)(C)CC)C(C)(C)CC)=C1 UEJPXAVHAFEXQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FOCAUTSVDIKZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCl FOCAUTSVDIKZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940106681 chloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127113 compound 57 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KYQODXQIAJFKPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazanium;2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O KYQODXQIAJFKPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004891 diazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWVQUJDBOICHGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioctyl nonanedioate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCC XWVQUJDBOICHGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJHINFRRDQUWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioctyl sebacate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC VJHINFRRDQUWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical group [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FGRVOLIFQGXPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;dioxido-oxo-sulfanylidene-$l^{6}-sulfane Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S FGRVOLIFQGXPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical group [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;3,7-dioxido-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DLAHAXOYRFRPFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl benzoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DLAHAXOYRFRPFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940106055 dodecyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KWKXNDCHNDYVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1 KWKXNDCHNDYVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000909 electrodialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003912 environmental pollution Methods 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940032296 ferric chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940044631 ferric chloride hexahydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940032958 ferric phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002070 germicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004198 guanidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000789 guanidine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IVUUEDNTAZIDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidine;sulfurothioic o-acid Chemical compound NC(N)=N.OS(O)(=O)=S IVUUEDNTAZIDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005338 heat storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RGZRSLKIOCHTSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;n-methylhydroxylamine;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CNO RGZRSLKIOCHTSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WTNULKDCIHSVKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(O)=CN21 WTNULKDCIHSVKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iminodiacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC(O)=O NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002503 iridium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002505 iron Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- NQXWGWZJXJUMQB-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].Cl[Fe+]Cl NQXWGWZJXJUMQB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(3+) phosphate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H iron(3+) sulfate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229910000399 iron(III) phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000360 iron(III) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GRHBQAYDJPGGLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiocyanic acid Chemical class N=C=S GRHBQAYDJPGGLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000464 lead oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940040102 levulinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099690 malic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006224 matting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- FZERHIULMFGESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenecarboxanilide Natural products CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 FZERHIULMFGESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NPKFETRYYSUTEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(4-amino-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino)ethyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 NPKFETRYYSUTEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGQFFQXJSCXIJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-[2-amino-5-(diethylamino)phenyl]ethyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(CCNS(C)(=O)=O)=C1 RGQFFQXJSCXIJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHYIQOBTIWVRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propan-2-ylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NO ODHYIQOBTIWVRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013110 organic ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolead Chemical compound [Pb]=O YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011837 pasties Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LQPLDXQVILYOOL-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentasodium;2-[bis[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(=O)[O-])CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O LQPLDXQVILYOOL-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 125000005385 peroxodisulfate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VUNXBQRNMNVUMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl(piperazin-1-yl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)N1CCNCC1 VUNXBQRNMNVUMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003057 platinum Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001205 polyphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011176 polyphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DJEHXEMURTVAOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfite Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])=O DJEHXEMURTVAOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099427 potassium bisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010259 potassium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RWPGFSMJFRPDDP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium metabisulfite Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O RWPGFSMJFRPDDP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940043349 potassium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010263 potassium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010333 potassium nitrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004323 potassium nitrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- FRMWBRPWYBNAFB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium salicylate Chemical group [K+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O FRMWBRPWYBNAFB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BHZRJJOHZFYXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium sulfite Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])=O BHZRJJOHZFYXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019252 potassium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NDGRWYRVNANFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidin-3-one Chemical class O=C1CCNN1 NDGRWYRVNANFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012492 regenerant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodanine Chemical compound O=C1CSC(=S)N1 KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003283 rhodium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003870 salicylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940045105 silver iodide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940001607 sodium bisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Na+].Cl[O-] SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DZCAZXAJPZCSCU-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium nitrilotriacetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O DZCAZXAJPZCSCU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960004025 sodium salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RILRIYCWJQJNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-carboxy-4-hydroxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1O RILRIYCWJQJNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SDKPSXWGRWWLKR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)[O-] SDKPSXWGRWWLKR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012089 stop solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003455 sulfinic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZBRFIUYUGTUGG-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrapotassium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O JZBRFIUYUGTUGG-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 150000003548 thiazolidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003567 thiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L thiosulfate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S([S-])(=O)=O DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002463 transducing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001428 transition metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IELLVVGAXDLVSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tricyclohexyl phosphate Chemical compound C1CCCCC1OP(OC1CCCCC1)(=O)OC1CCCCC1 IELLVVGAXDLVSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHRVKCZTBPSUIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tridodecyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOP(=O)(OCCCCCCCCCCCC)OCCCCCCCCCCCC OHRVKCZTBPSUIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APVVRLGIFCYZHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioctyl 2-hydroxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCCCCCCCC)CC(=O)OCCCCCCCC APVVRLGIFCYZHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZZNDPSIHUTMOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenyl phosphate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 XZZNDPSIHUTMOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUUHFRRPHJEEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripotassium borate Chemical group [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] WUUHFRRPHJEEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTLBZVNBAKMVDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-butoxyethyl) phosphate Chemical compound CCCCOCCOP(=O)(OCCOCCCC)OCCOCCCC WTLBZVNBAKMVDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical group [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SOBHUZYZLFQYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;hydroxy-[[phosphonatomethyl(phosphonomethyl)amino]methyl]phosphinate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)([O-])=O)CP([O-])([O-])=O SOBHUZYZLFQYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940124543 ultraviolet light absorber Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C5/00—Photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents
- G03C5/26—Processes using silver-salt-containing photosensitive materials or agents therefor
- G03C5/268—Processing baths not provided for elsewhere, e.g. pre-treatment, stop, intermediate or rinse baths
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C5/00—Photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents
- G03C5/26—Processes using silver-salt-containing photosensitive materials or agents therefor
- G03C5/29—Development processes or agents therefor
- G03C5/305—Additives other than developers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C5/00—Photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents
- G03C5/26—Processes using silver-salt-containing photosensitive materials or agents therefor
- G03C5/29—Development processes or agents therefor
- G03C5/305—Additives other than developers
- G03C5/3053—Tensio-active agents or sequestering agents, e.g. water-softening or wetting agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C7/00—Multicolour photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents; Photosensitive materials for multicolour processes
- G03C7/30—Colour processes using colour-coupling substances; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
- G03C7/407—Development processes or agents therefor
- G03C7/413—Developers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C7/00—Multicolour photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents; Photosensitive materials for multicolour processes
- G03C7/30—Colour processes using colour-coupling substances; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
- G03C7/42—Bleach-fixing or agents therefor ; Desilvering processes
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a processing composition for processing silver halide photographic materials, and more particularly to a photographic processing composition containing a novel bleaching agent for use in the bleaching step after color development or a photographic processing composition containing a novel chelating agent for sequestering metal ions which are harmful to photographic processing.
- the present invention also relates to a method for processing silver halide photographic materials using these compositions.
- imagewise exposed silver halide black-and-white photographic materials are processed by processing steps such as black-and-white development, fixing, rinse, etc.
- imagewise exposed silver halide color photographic materials (hereinafter referred to as color photographic materials) are processed by processing steps such as color development, desilverization, rinse, stabilization, etc.
- imagewise exposed silver halide reversal color photographic materials are processed by processing steps such as black-and-white development and reversal development followed by color development, desilverization, rinse, stabilization, etc.
- the color development step exposed silver halide grains are reduced by color developing agents to form silver and at the same time, the thus formed oxidant of the color developing agent reacts with a coupler to form a dye image.
- auxiliary steps such as a rinse step, a stabilization step, a hardening step and a stop step are carried out to retain the photographic and physical qualities of the dye image.
- Photographic processing is conducted by various laboratores ranging from large-scale laboratories provided with large-size automatic processors to more recent photo shops (called mini-laboratories) using small-size automatic processors in the shop.
- mini-laboratories small-size automatic processors in the shop.
- metal ions such as calcium, magnesium and iron contained in water, or metal ions such as calcium dissolved out from photographic materials, are incorporated into the processing solutions. Such metal ions have an adverse effect on processing performance.
- the solution may have turbidity due to the formation of bacteria therein and cause the stain of film.
- a transition metal type ion such as iron ion
- the preservability of film after processing is deteriorated since the ion remains in the film.
- chelating agents for sequestering the metal ions.
- the chelating agents conventionally used include amino polycarboxylic acids (e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, etc.) as described in JP-B-48-30496 (the term “JP-B” as used herein means an "examined Japanese patent publication") and JP-B-44-30232, organic phosphonic acids as described in JP-A-56-97347 (the term “JP-A” as used herein means an "unexamined published Japanese patent application"), JP-B-56-39359 and West German Patent 2,227,639, phosphonocarboxylic acids as described in JP-A-52-102726, JP-A-53-42730, JP-A-54-121127, JP-A-55-126241 and JP-A-55-65956, and the compounds described
- the iron(III) complex salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid conventionally used has a fundamental disadvantage in that the oxidizing power thereof is low.
- Bleaching accelerators e.g., mercapto compounds described in U.S. Patent 1,138,842
- rapid bleaching cannot be achieved.
- Red prussiate, iron chloride, bromates, etc. are known as bleaching agents capable of achieving rapid bleaching.
- red prussiate cannot be widely used due to environmental concerns.
- Iron chloride is inconvenient to handle, because it corrodes metals. Bromate solutions are unstable.
- Iron(III) complex salt of 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid has been proposed as a bleaching agent meeting the above requirements in recent years.
- this bleaching agent causes bleach fog.
- the addition of buffering agents to the bleaching agent has been proposed as a method for reducing the bleach fog (see, JP-A-1-213657).
- the problem is not be sufficiently solved by this method.
- high-activity developing solutions are used which result in a much greater degree of bleach fog.
- a first object of the present invention is to provide a photographic processing composition which does not form a precipitate or sludge even when metal ions are contained therein.
- a second object of the present invention is to provide a stable processing composition which does not reduce the effectiveness of the active components in the processing solutions and does not form a component having an adverse effect on photographic characteristics even when metal ions are contained therein.
- a third object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which enhances preservability of the image without the increase of stain despite the presence of metal ions left behind in the processed photographic material, which metal ions are contained in the processing composition, and to provide a processing method using the processing composition.
- a fourth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which is easy to handle and is free from the problem of environmental pollution caused by waste liquor and to provide a processing method using the same.
- a fifth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which is excellent in desilverization performance and has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- a sixth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which substantially does not cause bleach fog and has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- a seventh object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which does not stain a processed photographic material upon storage and which has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- An eighth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which can stably retain the above-described performance even when continuous processing is conducted, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- a processing composition for use in processing a color photographic material comprising a metal chelate compound formed from a compound represented by formula (I) and a metal salt selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II), Rh(III), Au(III), Au(II) and Ce(IV), and a processing method using the same: wherein R, R, and R 2 each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and L, represents an alkylene group or an arylene group.
- R, R, and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted or an aryl group which may be substituted.
- the alkyl group represented by R, R, and R 2 may be a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms being preferred.
- examples of the straight-chain alkyl group include a methyl group and an ethyl group
- examples of the branched alkyl group include a tert-butyl group
- examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclohexyl group. More preferred examples of the alkyl group are methyl group and ethyl group.
- the aryl group represented by R, R 1 and R 2 preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Phenyl group is more preferred.
- the alkyl group and the aryl group represented by R, R and R 2 may be substituted.
- substituent groups include an alkyl group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, i-propyl), an aralkyl group having preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms (e.g., phenylmethyl), an alkenyl group having preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., allyl), an alkynyl group having preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy), an aryl group having preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., phenyl), a substituted amino group (e.g., wherein
- R, R 1 and R 2 or all of R, R 1 and R 2 may be combined together to form a ring such as pyrrolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine and morpholine.
- L 1 represents an alkylene group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an arylene group having preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably methylene group or ethylene group or a group having a benzene ring.
- the alkylene group and the arylene group may be substituted.
- substituent groups for L 1 include those described above in the definition of the substituent groups for R, R, and R 2 .
- R 1 has the same meaning as R 1 in formula (I)
- substituent groups for the alkyl group and the aryl group include a carboxyl group, a group of (wherein R 3 is as defined above), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a sulfo group and a phosphono group and more preferred examples thereof include a carboxyl group, an alkyl group and R 31 and R 32 have the same meaning as R in formula (I);
- L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , L 5 and L 6 each represent an alkylene group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, which may be substituted or an arylene group having preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a benzene ring- containing group, which may be substituted (examples of substituent groups include those described above in the definition of the substituent groups
- R 11 preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may be substituted, and particularly an alkyl group which may be substituted.
- D preferably represents a 5- or 6-membered divalent heterocyclic group containing N as a hetero atom.
- the hydrocarbon represented by A preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, the hydrocarbon is an alkyl group having 1 to 6, particularly 1 to 3 carbon atoms. These divalent bonding groups may have one or more substituent groups. Examples of the substituent groups include those already described above in the definition of the substituent groups for the alkyl group and the aryl group represented by R, R 1 and R 2 .
- Examples of D include the following groups.
- Examples of W include the following groups.
- W include the following groups.
- the total carbon number of the compounds represented by formula (I) of the present invention is preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
- Useful examples of the compounds represented by formula (I) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
- the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized by methods described in Chelate Chemistry (5), page 318 (1975) edited by Keihei Ueno (published by Nankodo) or Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 27, 474 (1988).
- the amounts of the compounds of formula (I) to be added to a processing composition varies depending on the type and application of the processing composition to be used, but is generally used in the range of from 10 mg to 50 g per liter of the processing composition.
- the compound represented by formula (I) when the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a black-and-white developing solution or a color developing solution, the compound is used in the range of preferably 0.5 to 10 g, particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 g per liter of the processing composition.
- a bleaching solution e.g., comprising hydrogen peroxide, persulfate, bromate, etc.
- the compound is used in the range of preferably 0.1 to 20 g, particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 g per liter of the bleaching solution.
- the compound represented by formula (I) When the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a fixing solution or bleach-fixing solution, the compound is used in the range of preferably 1 to 40 g, particularly preferably 1 to 20 g per liter of the solution. When the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a stabilizing bath, the compound is used in the range of preferably 50 mg to 1 g, particularly preferably 50 to 300 mg, per liter of the bath.
- the compounds represented by formula (I) may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more of these compounds.
- the compounds represented by formula (I) can generally be applied to all processing compositions for use in processing silver halide light-sensitive materials.
- processing compositions include, but are limited to, general-purpose black-and-white developing solutions, infectious developing solutions for lith films, color developing solutions, bleaching solutions, fixing solutions, bleach-fixing solutions, compensating developers, stop-solutions, hardening solutions, washing solutions, stabilizing solutions, rinsing solutions, fogging solutions and toners.
- the compound represented by formula (I) forms a metal complex (a metal chelate compound) with a metal salt selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II) , Rh(III), Au(II), Au-(III) and Ce(IV), and it has excellent characteristics as the bleaching agent for silver halide color photographic materials.
- a processing composition containing a metal chelate compound of the present invention the bleaching of developed silver is accomplished very rapidly by treating a silver halide color photographic material with the processing composition containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention after the imagewise exposed silver halide color photographic material is subjected to color development.
- No bleach fog results which is in sharp contrast the bleach fog resulting from the use of conventional bleaching agents for rapid bleaching.
- the effect is striking, particularly when rapid color development is carried out in a short time of 3 minutes or less followed by the treatment with the processing composition containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention.
- image preservability after processing is good, and the processing composition of the present invention is preferred from the viewpoint of handling.
- the metal salt which forms the metal chelate compound of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II), Rh(III), Au(II), Au(III) and Ce(IV).
- the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III) and Ce(IV) are preferred with a salt of Fe(III) being particularly preferred.
- Halogen ions e.g., Cl - , Br-, I-
- nitrate ion and sulfate ion are preferably used as counter ions to the metal salts.
- the metal chelate compound of the present invention may be isolated as a metal chelate compound for use in the processing composition.
- metal chelate compound of the present invention examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
- a complex of a metal salt and the compound of formula (I) is preferred.
- the compound of formula (I) and the above-described metal salt such as ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, ferric nitrate, ammonium ferric sulfate or ferric phosphate are reacted with each other in a solution and may be used as such.
- the compound of formula (I) is used in a molar ratio of the compound to the metal ion of at least 1.0. A higher ratio is preferable when the stability of the metal chelate compound is low. The ratio is generally in the range of 1 to 30.
- a small amount of the metal chelate compound may be incorporated in the fixing solution or an intermediate bath between color development and the desilverization step.
- the compound of the present invention functions effectively as a bleaching agent in the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution.
- the compound When 0.05 to 1 mol of the metal chelate compound of the present invention per liter of the processing solution is incorporated in the processing solution having a bleaching ability, the compound functions effectively as a bleaching agent as described above.
- An amount of the metal chelate compound in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mol per liter of the processing solution is more preferred.
- the metal chelate compound of the present invention When used as a bleaching agent in a processing solution having a bleaching ability, the compound of the present invention may be used together with other conventional bleaching agents, as long as the effect of the present invention is obtained.
- conventional bleaching agents include Fe(III), Co(III) or Mn(III) chelate type bleaching agents of compounds described below, persulfates (e.g., peroxodisulfate), hydrogen peroxide and bromates.
- Examples of the compounds which form the above-described conventional chelate bleaching agents include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, diammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetra(trimethylammonium) ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetrapotassium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetrasodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, trisodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, pentasodium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate, ethylenediamine-N-( ⁇ -oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetic acid, trisodium ethylenediamine-N-( ⁇ -oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate, triammonium ethylenediamine-N-(,6-oxyethyl)
- the processing solution having a bleaching ability contains a halide such as a chloride, bromide or iodide as a re-halogenating agent for accelerating the oxidation of silver in addition to the metal chelate compound functioning as a bleaching agent.
- a halide such as a chloride, bromide or iodide
- an organic ligand which forms a sparingly soluble silver salt may be added in place of the halide.
- the halide is added in the form of an alkali metal salt or ammonium salt or a salt of guanidine or an amine. Examples of the halide include sodium bromide, ammonium bromide, potassium chloride and guanidine hydrochloride. Ammonium bromide is preferable.
- the re-halogenating agent is used in an amount of generally from 0 to 2.0 mol/t, preferably 0.01 to 2.0 mol/t, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5 mol/t, still more preferably 0.3 to 1.0 moll in the bleaching solution.
- the bleach-fixing solution containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention contains a fixing agent (described hereinafter) and optionally the re-halogenating agent in addition to the metal chelate compound.
- a fixing agent described hereinafter
- the re-halogenating agent is used in the bleach-fixing solution, the re-halogenating agent is used in an amount of from 0.001 to 2.0 molli, preferably from 0.01 to 1.0 mol/l.
- the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution may optionally contain a bleaching accelerator, a corrosion inhibitor for preventing the processing bath tank from being corroded, a buffering agent for maintaining the desired pH of the solution, a fluorescent brightener, anti-foaming agent, etc.
- bleaching accelerator examples include compounds having mercapto group or disulfide group as described in U.S. Patent 3,893,858, German Patent 1,290,812, U.S. Patent 1,138,842, JP-A-53-95630 and Research Disclosure No. 17129 (1978); thiazolidine derivatives as described in JP-A-50-140129; thiourea derivatives as described in U.S. Patent 3,706,561; polyethylene oxides as described in German Patent 2,748,430; polyamine compounds as described in JP-B-45-8836; and imidazole compounds as described in JP-A-49-40493.
- the mercapto compounds described in U.S. Patent 1,138,842 are preferable.
- the corrosion inhibitor include nitrates such as ammonium nitrate and potassium nitrate.
- the corrosion inhibitor is used in an amount of from 0.01 to 2.0 moUR, preferably 0.05 to 0.5 mol/l.
- the pH of the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution is in the range of from 2.0 to 8.0, preferably 3.0 to 7.5.
- the pH of the solution is not higher than 6.0, and preferably not higher than 5.5 to inhibit bleach fog.
- the pH is less than 2.0, the metal chelate compound of the present invention is unstable. Therefore, pH is preferably in the range of from 2.0 to 5.5.
- the pH is preferably in the range of from 3 to 7 to prevent cyan dye from being converted to leuco dye.
- the pH buffering agent is not particularly limited as long as the buffering agent is substantially not oxidized by the bleaching agent and provides buffer action in the pH range described above.
- useful buffering agents include organic acids such as acetic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, malic acid, chloroacetic acid, levulinic acid and ureidopropionic acid and organic bases such as pyridine, dimethylpyrazole, 2-methyl-o-oxazoline and aminoacetonitrile.
- Organic acids having a pKa of 2.0 to 5.5 are preferred in the present invention.
- Acetic acid and glycolic acid are particularly preferred.
- the buffering agent is used in an amount of from 0 to 3.0 moi/t, preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mol/t.
- the buffering agent may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more buffering agents.
- the above-described acids may be used together with an alkali agent (e.g., ammonia water, KOH, NaOH, imidazole, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine) to adjust the pH of the processing solution having a bleaching ability to a value within the range described above.
- an alkali agent e.g., ammonia water, KOH, NaOH, imidazole, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine
- ammonia water is preferred.
- the processing solution having a bleaching ability is aerated to oxidize the iron(II) complex salt formed therein, whereby the bleaching agent is reproducable and photographic performance is stable.
- the bleaching or bleach-fixing step can be carried out at a temperature of from 30 to 50° C, preferably from 35 to 45 C.
- the time of the bleaching step and/or the bleach-fixing step is generally 10 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably 10 to 60 seconds in the case of a photographic material for photographing.
- the time is generally from 5 to 70 seconds, preferably from 5 to 60 seconds, more preferably from 5 to 30 seconds in the case of a print photographic material. Good results can be obtained under these preferred processing conditions under which processing is rapid and staining is not increased.
- the fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution of the present invention can contain a conventional fixing agents.
- the fixing agent include thiosulfates, thiocyanates, thioethers, amines, mercapto compounds, thiones, thioureas and iodides. More specifically, examples of the fixing agent include ammonium thiosulfate, sodium thiosulfate, potassium thiosulfate, guanidine thiosulfate, potassium thiocyanate, dihydroxyethyl thioether, 3,6-dithia-1,8-octanediol and imidazole.
- thiosulfates particularly ammonium thiosulfate are preferred when rapid fixing is desired. More rapid fixing can be conducted by using two or more fixing agents in combination. For example, it is preferred that ammonium thiosulfate is used in combination with ammonium thiocyanate, imidazole, thiourea, thioether, etc. In this case, the second fixing agent is used in an amount of preferably 0.01 to 100 mol% based on the amount of ammonium thiosulfate.
- the fixing agent is used in an amount of from 0.1 to 3.0 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mol per liter of the fixing solution or the bleach-fixing solution.
- the pH of the fixing solution varies depending on the type of fixing agent, but is generally in the range of from 3.0 to 9.0. Particularly, when thiosulfates are used, a pH of from 6.5 to 8.0 is preferred to obtain stable fixing performance.
- Preservatives can be added to the fixing solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution to enhance the stability of the solution with time.
- the fixing solution or the bleach-fixing solution contains thiosulfates, sulfites and/or bisulfite adducts of hydroxylamine, hydrazine and aldehydes (e.g., bisulfite adduct of acetaldehyde, particularly preferably bisulfite adducts of aromatic aldehydes described in JP-A-1-298935) are effective as preservatives.
- the sulfinic acid compounds described in JP-A-62-143048 are also preferred.
- a buffering agent is preferably added to the fixing solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution to keep the pH of the solution constant.
- the buffering agent include phosphates, imidazoles such as imidazole, 1-methyl-imidazole, 2-methyl-imidazole and 1-ethyl-imidazole, triethanolamine, N-allylmorpholine and N-benzoylpiperazine.
- a chelating agent is added to the fixing agent, iron ion carried over from the bleaching solution is sequestered to thereby improve the stability of the solution.
- Preferred examples of such a chelating agent include 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'- tetramethylenephosphonic acid, nitrilotrimethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid and 1,2-propanediaminetetraacetic acid.
- the fixing step is conducted at a temperature of from 30 to 50° C, preferably 35 to 45 . C.
- the time of the fixing step is from 35 seconds to 2 minutes, preferably from 40 to 100 seconds in the case of a photographic material for photographing.
- the time is from 10 to 70 seconds, preferably from 10 to 30 seconds in the case of a print photographic material.
- the desilverization step of the present invention is carried out by a combination of a bleaching step and/or a bleach-fixing step. Typical examples of such combinations include the following.
- the processing combinations (1), (2), (3) and. (4) are preferred with (1), (2) or (3) being more preferred.
- the processing combination (5) is preferred.
- the present invention can be applied to the desilverization treatment by means of a stop bath, rinse bath, etc. after color development.
- stirring is vigorously carried out as much as possible in the desilverization steps such as the bleaching, bleach-fixing and fixing steps to enhance the effect of the present invention.
- Examples of methods for vigorously stirring include a method wherein a jet stream of the processing solution is directed to the emulsion surface of the light-sensitive material as described in JP-A-62-183460 and JP-A-62-183461; a method wherein a stirring effect is improved by using a rotating means as described in JP-A-62-183461; a method wherein the light-sensitive material is transferred while a wire blade provided in the solution is brought into contact with the emulsion surface to cause a turbulent flow on the emulsion surface, whereby stirring is improved; and a method wherein the circulating flow rate of the entire processing solution is increased.
- Such methods for improving stirring can be effectively applied to any of the bleaching solution, the bleach-fixing solution and the fixing solution. It is considered that the transport of the bleaching agent and the fixing agent into the emulsion layer is expedited by vigorous stirring, and as a result, the desilverization rate is increased.
- the above-described vigorous stirring means are more effective when a bleaching accelerator is used.
- the bleaching accelerating effect is greatly increased by this technique, and the problem of a fixation inhibiting action is solved.
- the above-described vigorous stirring can be preferably applied to the color developing solution, the rinsing solution and the stabilizing solution.
- the color developing solution of the present invention can contain conventional aromatic primary amine color developing agents.
- Preferred developing agents are p-phenylenediamine derivatives. Typical examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
- D-5, D-6 and D-12 are preferable.
- these p-phenylenediamine derivatives are used in the form of a salt such as a sulfate, hydrochloride, sulfite or p-toluenesulfonate.
- the aromatic primary amine color developing agent is used in an amount of preferably from 0.005 to 0.1 mol, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.06 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- the color developing solution may contain a sulfite such as sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite and potassium metabisulfite and carbonyl sulfite adducts as a preservative.
- a sulfite such as sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite and potassium metabisulfite and carbonyl sulfite adducts as a preservative.
- the hydroxyl amines e.g., those described in JP-A-63-5341 and JP-A-63-106655, preferably the compounds having a sulfo group or a carboxyl group
- hydroxamic acids described in JP-A-63-43138, hydrazines and hydrazides described in JP-A-63-146041, phenols described in JP-A-63-44657 and JP-A-63-58443, a-hydroxyketones and a-aminoketones described in JP-A-63-44656 and/or various saccharide described in JP-A-63-36244 are directly added to the aromatic primary amine color developing agent.
- Examples of other preservatives which may be contained in the developing solution of the present invention include various metals as described in JP-A-57-44148 and JP-A-57-53749, salicylic acids as described in JP-A-59-180588, alkanolamines as described in JP-A-54-3582, polyethyleneimines as described in JP-A-56-94349 and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds as described in U.S. Patent 3,746,544. Among them, aromatic polyhydroxy compounds are preferable.
- the preservative is used in an amount of from 0.005 to 0.2 mol, preferably from 0.01 to 0.05 mol per liter of the developing solution.
- the pH of the color developing solution of the present invention is in the range of from 9 to 12, preferably from 9.5 to 11.5.
- the color developing solution may contain other compounds conventionally employed in a color developing solution.
- a buffering agent is preferably used in the color developing solution of the present invention to maintain the pH in the range described above.
- useful buffering agents include, but are not limited to, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium tertiary phosphate, potassium tertiary phosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, dipotassium hydrogenphosphate, sodium borate, potassium borate, sodium tetraborate (borax), potassium tetraborate, sodium o-hydroxybenzoate (sodium salicylate), potassium o-hydroxybenzoate, sodium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (sodium 5-sulfosalicylate) and potassium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (potassium 5-sulfosalicylate).
- the buffering agent is preferably used in an amount of from at least 0.1 mol, particularly preferably 0.1 to 0.4 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- various chelating agents can be added to the color developing solution in such an amount that the chelating agents do not diminish the affect of the present invention, or otherwise interfere with the compounds of the present invention.
- Organic acid compounds are preferred as chelating agents.
- examples thereof include aminopolycarboxylic acids, organic phosphonic acids and phosphonocarboxylic acids. More specifically, examples of these acids include, but are not limited to, nitrilotriacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, N,N,N-trimethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'- tetramethylenephosphonic acid, trans-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-o-hydroxyphenylacetic acid, 2-phosphonobutane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and N,N'-bis(2-hydroxybenzyl)ethylenediamine
- chelating agents may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more of the chelating agents.
- the chelating agent is used in an amount sufficient to sequester metal ions in the color developing solution.
- the chelating agent is used in an amount of from 0.001 to 0.05 mol/t, preferably from 0.003 to 0.02 mol/t.
- the color developing solution of the present invention may contain a development accelerator.
- Examples of the development accelerator include the thioether compounds described in JP-B-37-16088, JP-B-37-5987, JP-B-38-7826, JP-B-44-12380, JP-B-45-9019, U.S. Patent 3,818,247; p-phenylenediamine compounds described in JP-A-52-49829 and JP-A-50-15554; quaternary ammonium salts described in JP-A-50- 1 37726, JP-B-44-30074, JP-A-56-156826 and JP-A-52-43429; amine compounds described in U.S.
- a 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone as an auxiliary developing agent is added to conduct rapid development.
- Examples thereof include the following compounds.
- auxiliary developing agent is used in an amount of from 0.0005 to 0.03 mol, preferably from 0.001 to 0.01 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- the color developing solution of the present invention may contain an anti-fogging agent.
- the anti-fogging agent include alkali metal halides such as sodium chloride, potassium bromide and potassium iodide and organic anti-fogging agents.
- organic anti-fogging agents include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds such as benztriazole, 6-nitrobenzimidazole, 5-nitroisoin- dazole, 5-methylbenztriazole, 5-nitrobenztriazole, 5-chlorobenztriazole, 2-thiazolylbenzimidazole, 2-thiazolylmethyl-benzimidazole, indazole, hydroxyazaindolizine and adenine.
- the color developing solution of the present invention may contain a fluorescent brightener.
- Preferred examples of the fluorescent brightener include 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-disulfostilbene compounds.
- the compound is used in an amount of from 0 to 5 g/t, preferably from 0.1 to 4 g/L
- various surfactants such as alkylsulfonic acids, arylsulfonic acids, aliphatic carboxylic acids and aromatic carboxylic acids may be added to the color developer solution.
- the processing temperature using the color developing solution of the present invention is in the range of from 20 to 55 C, preferably 33 to 55 C.
- the processing time is from 20 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably from 30 seconds to 3 minutes and 20 seconds, more preferably from 1 to 2 minutes and 30 seconds in the case of a color photographic material for photographing.
- the time is from 10 to 80 seconds, preferably from 20 to 60 seconds in the case of a print photographic material.
- Black-and-white developing solutions which are first used in reversal color processing and contain a compound of the present invention and black-and-white developing solutions which are used for processing black-and-white silver halide photographic materials which contain a compound of the present invention can contain various additives conventionally used in such developing solutions.
- Typical examples of the additives include developing agents such as 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone, Metol and hydroquinone, preservatives such as sulfites, accelerators comprising alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, inorganic or organic inhibitors such as potassium bromide, 2-methylbenzimidazole and methylbenzthiazole, hard water softeners such as polyphosphates and development restrainers comprising a very small amount of an iodide or a mercapto compound.
- developing agents such as 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone, Metol and hydroquinone
- preservatives such as sulfites
- accelerators comprising alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate
- inorganic or organic inhibitors such as potassium bromide, 2-methylbenzimidazole and methylbenzthiazole
- hard water softeners such as polyphosphates
- development restrainers comprising a very small amount of an
- the effect of the present invention can also be obtained by adding a compound of formula (I) of the present invention to a rinsing water or stabilizing solution.
- the processing method of the present invention comprises basically the aforesaid color development step and the subsequent desilverization step.
- a rinsing step and/or a stabilization step subsequent to these steps is preferably carried out.
- Rinsing water for use in the rinsing step may contain various surfactants to prevent unevenness caused by water droplets during the drying step of the photographic material after processing.
- useful surfactants include polyethylene glycol type nonionic surfactants, polyhydric alcohol type nonionic surfactants, alkylbenzenesulfonate type anionic surfactants, higher alcohol sulfuric ester salt type anionic surfactants, alkylnaphthalenesulfonate type anionic surfactants, quaternary ammonium salt type cationic surfactants, amine salt type cationic surfactants, amino acid type ampholytic surfactants and betaine type ampholytic surfactants.
- nonionic surfactants When ionic surfactants are used, there is a possibility that the surfactant becomes bonded to various ions introduced by processing to form precipitates. Accordingly, the use of nonionic surfactants is preferable. Particularly, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts are preferred. Octylphenol, nonylphenol, dodecylphenol and dinonylphenol are particularly preferred as the alkylphenol. The addition of ethylene oxide is preferably 8 to 14 moles. Further, silicone surfactants having a high anti-foaming effect are preferably used.
- the rinsing water may contain various anti-bacterial agents and antifungal agents to prevent bacteria from proliferating or to prevent mold from being grown on the processed photographic material.
- useful anti-bacterial agents and antifungal agents include the thiazolylbenzimidazole compounds described in JP-A-57-157244 and JP-A-58-105145, the isothiazolone compounds described in JP-A-54-27424 and JP-A-57-8542, chlorophenol compounds such as trichlorophenol, bromophenol compounds, organotin compounds, organozinc compounds, thiocyanic acid or isothiocyanic acid compounds, acid amide compounds, diazine compounds, triazine compounds, thiourea compounds, benztriazole alkylguanidine compounds, quaternary ammonium salts such as benzammonium chloride, antibiotics such as penicillin and the general-purpose antifungal agents described in J. Antibact. Antifung. Agents, Vol. 1, No. 5,
- JP-A-48-83820 can be used.
- Chelating agents can be added to the rinsing water in such an amount that they do not interfere with the effect of the compound of formula (I) of the present invention.
- Preferred examples of the chelating agents include aminopolycarboxylic acids such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, organic phosphonic acids such as 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid and hydrolyzates of maleic anhydride polymers described in European Patent 345172A1.
- aminopolycarboxylic acids such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
- organic phosphonic acids such as 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid
- hydrolyzates of maleic anhydride polymers described in European Patent 345172A1.
- the same preservatives contained in the fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution are also preferably contained in the rinsing water.
- a processing solution used to stabilize a dye image is used as a stabilizing solution in the stabilization step.
- the stabilizing solution include a solution containing an organic acid, solutions having a buffer ability at a pH of 3 to 6 and solutions containing aldehydes (e.g., formalin, glutaraldehyde).
- the stabilizing solution may also contain any of compounds which can be added to the rinsing water.
- ammonium compounds such as ammonium chloride and ammonium sulfite, compounds of metals such as Bi and Al, fluorescent brighteners, various dye stabilizers such as N-methylol compounds and stabilizing method using the same as described in JP-A-2-153350, JP-A-2-153348 and U.S. Patent 4,859,574, hardening agents and alkanolamines described in U.S. Patent 4,786,583 may be used.
- Multi-stage countercurrent systems are preferred in the rinsing step and the stabilization step.
- the number of stages is preferably 2 to 4.
- Replenishment rate per unit area is 1 to 50 times, preferably 2 to 30 times, more preferably 2 to 15 times the amount carried over from the prebath.
- Tap water can be used as the water in the rinsing step and the stabilization step.
- Ion-exchanged (deionized) water is preferably used having a Ca and Mg concentration each of 5 mg/t or less by treating water with an ion exchange resin, and water which is sterilized by a halogen or ultraviolet sterilization lamp is also preferably used.
- Tap water may be used to compensate for water lost by evaporation.
- deionized water or sterilized water which is preferably used in the rinsing step and the stabilization step is preferable.
- an appropriate amount of water or replenisher is fed to the bleaching solution and the bleach-fixing solution as well as other the processing solutions to correct concentration caused by evaporation.
- Overflow from the rinsing step and the stabilization step can be directed to a bath having a fixing ability which is a prebath, whereby the amount of waste solution is reduced.
- each processing solution of the present invention is preferably enhanced as much as possible.
- methods for enhancing stirring include a method wherein a jet stream of the processing solution is directed to the emulsion surface of the photographic material as described in JP-A-62-183460; a method wherein a stirring effect is improved by using a rotating means as described in JP-A-62-18346; a method wherein the photographic material is transferred while the emulsion surface is brought into contact with a wire blade or squeeze roller provided in the solution to provide turbulent flow on the emulsion surface, whereby a stirring effect is improved; and a method wherein the circulating flow rate of the entire processing solution is increased.
- the processing method of the present invention is preferably carried out using an automatic processor.
- Conveying methods for an automatic processor are described in JP-A-60-191257, JP-A-60-191258 and JP-A-60-191259. It is desirable that cross-over time between processing baths in the automatic processor is short to carry out rapid processing with the processing composition of the present invention.
- An automatic processor wherein cross-over time is not longer than 10 seconds is described in JP-A-1-319038.
- the replenisher is preferably added in an amount depending on the amount of the photographic material processed to supplement the consumed ingredients in the processing solution and to inhibit the accumulation of undesirable components in the processing solution.
- the undesirable components are generally dissolved out from the photographic material.
- Each processing step may comprise two or more processing bath tanks. In this case, a countercurrent system wherein the replenisher is allowed to flow from the rear bath into the prebath is preferred. A cascade having 2 to 4 stages is preferred for the rinsing step and the stabilization step in particular.
- the amount of the replenisher is preferably reduced, so long as a change in the composition of each processing solution does not lower photographic performance or cause staining.
- the amount of replenisher of the color developing solution is from 100 to 1500 ml, preferably from 100 to 1000 ml per m 2 of the photographic material in the case of a color photographic material for photographing.
- the amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 500 ml, preferably from 20 to 220 ml, more preferably from 30 to 200 ml, most preferably from 30 to 160 ml in the case of a color print material.
- the amount of the replenisher of the bleaching solution is from 10 to 500 ml, preferably from 10 to 160 ml per m 2 of the photographic material in the case of a photographic material for photographing.
- the amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 150 ml in the case of a print material.
- the amount of the replenisher of the bleach-fixing solution is from 100 to 3000 ml, preferably from 200 to 1300 ml per m 2 of a photographic material for photographing.
- the amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 200 ml in the case of a photographic print material.
- the replenishment of the bleach-fixing solution may be made by a single solution, or by dividing the solution into a bleaching composition and a fixing composition. If desired, the replenisher of the bleach-fixing solution may be provided by mixing overflow from the bleaching bath and/or the fixing bath.
- the amount of the replenisher of the fixing solution is from 300 to 3000 ml, preferably, from 300 to 1000 ml per m 2 of the photographic material in the case of a photographic material for photographing.
- the amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 200 ml in the case of a photographic print material.
- the replenishment rate of rinsing water or the stabilizing solution per unit area is 1 to 50 times, preferably 2 to 30 times, more preferably 2 to 15 times the amount carried over from the prebath.
- the amount of the replenisher is further reduced by combining various regeneration methods.
- Regeneration may be carried out while the processing solution is circulated in the automatic processor.
- regeneration may be carried out in such a manner that after the processing solution used is removed from the processing tank, the solution is subjected to an appropriate regeneration treatment and the regenerated solution as a replenisher is again returned to the processing tank.
- the developing solution can be regenerated by an ion exchange treatment with an anion exchange resin, the removal of accumulated materials with electrodialysis treatment and/or the addition of a regenerant.
- the regeneration ratio is preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 70%.
- anion exchange resins can be used, but an ion exchanger having high selectivity described in JP-A-63-11005 is preferred.
- the metal chelate bleaching agent in the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution is brought into a reduced state with the bleaching treatment.
- bleaching performance is lowered.
- the dye of the dye image can be converted to a leuco dye to result in a lowering of the image density.
- it is desirable that the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution is continuously subjected to a regeneration treatment in during processing.
- air can be blown into the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution by means of an air pump to re-oxidize, i.e., aerate the metal chelate in the reduced state with oxygen.
- the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution can be regenerated by adding an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide, persulfate or bromate.
- the regeneration of the fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution can be achieved by electrolytically reducing accumulated silver ion. It is also preferred for retaining fixing performance that accumulated halogen ion be removed using an anion exchange resin.
- Ion exchange or ultrafiltration can be used to reduce the amount of rinsing water. Ultrafiltration is particularly preferred.
- photographic materials which can be processed with the processing composition of the present invention include general-purpose black-and-white silver halide photographic materials (e.g., black-and-white photographic materials for photographing, X-ray black and white photographic materials, black-and-white photographic materials for printing), general-purpose multi-layer silver halide color photographic materials (e.g., color negative film, reversal color films, color positive films, movie color negative films, color photographic paper, reversal color photographic paper, direct positive color photographic paper), infrared light-sensitive photographic materials for laser scanner and diffusion transfer photographic materials (e.g., silver diffusion transfer photographic materials, color diffusion transfer photographic materials).
- general-purpose black-and-white silver halide photographic materials e.g., black-and-white photographic materials for photographing, X-ray black and white photographic materials, black-and-white photographic materials for printing
- general-purpose multi-layer silver halide color photographic materials e.g., color negative film, reversal color films, color positive films, movie color negative films, color photographic paper
- the photographic materials for processing in accordance with the present invention may have various layer structures (e.g., red-sensitive, green-sensitive and blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion layers, undercoat layer, antihalation layer, filter layer, interlayer, surface protective layer) on one side or both sides of the support according to the intended purpose.
- layer structures e.g., red-sensitive, green-sensitive and blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion layers, undercoat layer, antihalation layer, filter layer, interlayer, surface protective layer
- the arrangement of the layers is not particularly limited.
- the support for the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention there are no particular limitations with regard to the support for the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention; coating methods; the types of silver halide (e.g., silver iodobromide, silver iodochlorobromide, silver bromide, silver chlorobromide, silver chloride) used in the silver halide emulsion layers and the surface protective layer, the shape of the grains (e.g., cube, tabular form, sphere), grain size, coefficient of variation, crystal structure (e.g., core/shell structure, polyphase structure, uniform phase structure), method for preparing the grains (e.g., single jet process, double jet process), binders (e.g., gelatin), hardening agents, anti-fogging agents, metal doping agents, solvents for silver halide, thickeners, emulsion precipitants, dimensional stabilizers, adhesion inhibitors, stabilizers, stain inhibitors, dye image stabilizers
- the photographic material suited for the processing in accordance with the present invention may comprise a support having thereon at least one silver halide emulsion layer comprising a blue-sensitive layer, a green-sensitive layer and a red-sensitive layer.
- a typical example of the photographic material is a silver halide photographic material comprising a support having thereon a light-sensitive layer comprising a plurality of silver halide emulsion layers having substantially the same color sensitivity and different light sensitivity.
- a light-sensitive layer is a unit light-sensitive layer having a color sensitivity to any one of blue light, green light and red light.
- the unit light-sensitive layer is generally arranged in the order of a red-sensitive layer, a green-sensitive layer and then a blue-sensitive layer on the support.
- this arrangement may be in the reverse order to that described above according to the intended purpose.
- the arrangement may be such that a layer having a different color sensitivity is interposed between layers having the same color sensitivity.
- a light-insensitive layer such as an interlayer may be provided between the silver halide light-sensitive layers or as the uppermost layer and the lowermost layer.
- the interlayer may contain a coupler and DIR compound as described in JP-A-61-43748, JP-A-59-113438, JP-A-59-113440, JP-A-61-20037 and JP-A-61-20038 and may further contain conventional color mixing inhibitors, ultraviolet light absorbers and anti-staining agents.
- a plurality of silver halide emulsion layers which constitute each unit light-sensitive layer preferably have a two layer structure consisting of a high-snsitivity emulsion layer and a low-sensitivity emulsion layer as described in West German Patent 1,121,470 and U.K. Patent 923,045.
- the emulsion layers are arranged such that light sensitivity decreases in order toward the support.
- a light-insensitive layer may be provided between the silver halide emulsion layers.
- a low-sensitivity emulsion layer may be provided farther from the support than the high-sensitivity emulsion layer, and a high-sensitivity emulsion layer may be provided nearer the support as described in JP-A-57-112751, JP-A-62-200350, JP-A-62-206541 and JP-A-62-206543.
- a low-sensitivity blue-sensitive layer (BL)/high-sensitivity blue-sensitive layer (BH)/high-sensitivity green-sensitive layer (GH)/low-sensitivity green-sensitive layer (GL)/high-sensitivity red-sensitive layer (RH)/low-sensitivity red-sensitive layer can be provided in this order from the side which is farthest away from the support.
- the layers can be arranged in order of BH/BUGUGH/RH/RL or BH/BUGH/GURURH.
- a blue-sensitive layer/GH/RH/GURL can be arranged in this order from the side which is farthest away from the support as described in JP-B-55-34932.
- a blue-sensitive layer/GURUGH/RH in this order can be arranged from the side which is farthest away from the support as described in JP-A-56-25738 and JP-A-62-63936.
- a three layer structure can be used comprising three layers having different light sensitivity.
- the light sensitivity is decreased in order toward the support.
- the upped layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having the highest light sensitivity
- the intermediate layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having a lower light sensitivity than that of the upper layer
- the lower layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having a lower light sensitivity than that of the intermediate layer as described in JP-B-49-15495.
- medium-sensitivity emulsion layer/high- sensitivity emulsion layer/low-sensitivity emulsion layer in this order may be arranged in the same color sensitivity layer from the side which is farther away from the support as described in JP-A-59-202464.
- the dry thickness of the entire constituent layers of the color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is 20.0 nm or less excluding the support and the undercoat and back layer of the support. More preferably, the dry thickness is 18.0 u.m or less.
- the formation of bleach fog caused by the remaining color developing agent in the photographic material and stain formed during the storage of the image after processing are inhibited.
- the layer thickness is desirably reduced to the extent that the performance of the photographic material is not deteriorated.
- the lower limit of the dry thickness of the entire constituent layers of the photographic material is 12.0 I.1.m excluding the support and the undercoat layer of the support.
- the lower limit of the entire dry thickness of a constituent layer provided between the undercoat layer of the support and the light-sensitive layer nearest the support is 1.0 ⁇ m.
- the reduction of the layer thickness may be accomplished by any of the light-sensitive layer and the light-insensitive layer.
- the layer thickness of a multi-layer color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is measured in the following manner.
- the photographic material to be measured is stored at 25 C and 50% RH for 7 days after the preparation thereof.
- the overall thickness of the photographic material is first measured.
- the coated layers on the support are removed and the thickness of the residue is again measured. A difference therebetween is the thickness of the entire coated layers excluding the support of the photographic material.
- the measurement of the thickness is made, for example, by using a layer thickness measuring device (Anritsu Electric Co., Ltd., K-402B Stand.) using a contact type piezoelectric transducing element.
- the coated layers on the support can be removed by using an aqueous solution of sodium hypochlorite.
- a photograph of the cross section of the photograph is taken (preferably at least 3,000X magnification) using a scanning type electron micrograph.
- the overall thickness of the layers on the support and the thickness of each layer are measured and compared with the measured value (the absolute value of actual measurement) of the overall thickness measured by using the above layer thickness measuring device, whereby the thickness of each layer is calculated.
- the swelling ratio (equilibrium swelling layer thickness in H 2 0 at 25° C - overall dry layer thickness at 25 C and 55% RH)/overall dry layer thickness at 25°C and 55% RH x 100] of the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is preferably 50 to 200%, more preferably 70 to 150%.
- image quality e.g., desilverization degree
- layer physical properties such as layer strength are adversely affected.
- the swelling rate T, 12 of the photographic material of the present invention is preferably 15 seconds or shorter wherein the swelling rate T i 1 2 is defined by the time which has elapsed until the layer thickness reaches 1/2 of the saturated swelling layer thickness, 90% of the maximum swelling layer thickness in color developing solution (30 C, 3 minutes and 15 sec) being referred to as the saturated swelling layer thickness. More preferably, T 1 ⁇ 2 is 9 seconds or less.
- the silver halide to be contained in the photographic emulsion layers of the color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention may have any silver halide composition. Namely, any of silver chloride, silver bromide, silver chlorobromide, silver iodobromide, silver iodochloride and silver iodochlorobromide can be used.
- color photographic materials for photographing and reversal color photographic materials e.g., color negative films, reversal films, reversal color paper
- silver iodobromide, silver iodochloride or silver iodochlorobromide is preferred, each having a silver iodide content of 0.1 to 30 mol%.
- direct positive color photographic materials silver bromide or silver chlorobromide is preferred.
- photographic materials for paper silver chloride or silver chlorobromide is preferred.
- Silver halide grains in the photographic emulsions may have a regular crystal form such as a cube, octahedron or tetradecahedron, an irregular crystal form such as a sphere or tabular form, a crystal form having defect such as twin plane or a composite form thereof.
- silver halide grains may range from fine grains having a grain size of not larger than about 0.2 um to large-size grains having a grain size of about 10 u.m in terms of the diameter of a sphere having an area equal to the projected area of the grain. Any of a polydisperse emulsion and monodisperse emulsion can be used.
- Photographic silver halide emulsions for use in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention can be prepared, for example, by the methods described in Research Disclosure (RD), No. 17643 (December, 1978), pp. 22-23; ibid. No. 307105 (November, 1989), pp. 863-865, "I. Emulsion Preparation and Types"; ibid. No. 18716 (November, 1979) page 648; P. Glafkides, Chimie et Physique Photographique (Paul Montel, 1967), G.F. Duffin, Photographic Emulsion Chemistry (Focal Press, 1966) and V.L. Zelikman et al., Making and Coating Photographic Emulsion (Focal Press, 1964).
- Tabular grains having an aspect ratio of not lower than about 5 can be used in the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention
- the tabular grains can be easily prepared by methods described in Gutoff, Photographic Science and Engineering, Vol. 14, pp. 248-257 (1970), U.S. Patents 4,434,226, 4,414,310, 4,433,048 and 4,439,520 and U.K. Patent 2,112,157.
- the crystal structure may be uniform or constitute a phase structure where the interior of the grain is different in halogen composition from the surface layer thereof.
- Silver halide grains having different compositions may be joined by epitaxial growth. Grains may be joined to a compound such as silver rhodanine or lead oxide other than a silver halide.
- mixtures of grains having various crystal forms may be used.
- the silver halide emulsions are usually subjected to physical ripening, chemical ripening and spectral sensitization and used. Additives used in these stages are described in Research Disclosure No. 17643, ibid. No. 18716 and ibid. No. 307105 and indicated in the following Table.
- color couplers can be used in the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention.
- Useful examples of the color couplers are described in the patent specifications cited in the aforesaid RD No. 17643, VII-C N G and ibid. No. 307105, VII-C ⁇ G and JP-A-62-215272.
- yellow couplers include those described in U.S. Patents 3,933,501, 4,022,620, 4,326,024, 4,401,752 and 4,248,961, JP-B-58-10739, U.K. Patents 1,425,020 and 1,476,760, U.S. Patents 3,973,968, 4,314,023 and 4,511,649 and European Patent 249,473A.
- magenta couplers include 5-pyrazolone compounds and pyrazoloazole compounds.
- the present invention is particularly effective in solving the problem of bleach fog and stain caused by pyrazoloazole couplers.
- cyan couplers examples include phenol couplers and naphthol couplers.
- Preferred examples of colored couplers for correcting unnecessary absorption of developed dyes include those described in Research Disclosure (RD) No. 17643, item VII-G, U.S. Patent 4,163,670, JP-B-57-39413, U.S. Patents 4,004,929 and 4,138,258 and U.K. Patent 1,146,368. It is preferred to use couplers for correcting unnecessary absorption of developed dyes by fluorescent dyes released during coupling as described in U.S. Patent 4,774,181 and couplers having, as an eliminable group, a dye precursor group which reacts with a developing agent to form a dye as described in U.S. Patent 4,777,120.
- Couplers which provide a developed dye having a proper diffusibility include those described in U.S. Patent 4,366,237, U.K. Patent 2,125,570, European Patent 96,570 and West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 3,234,533.
- Typical examples of dye forming polymer couplers include those described in U.S. Patents 3,451,820, 4,080,211, 4,367,282, 4,409,320 and 4,576,910 and U.K. Patent 2,102,179.
- Couplers which release a photographically useful residue upon coupling are preferably used in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention.
- DIR couplers which release a development restrainer include those described in the patent specifications cited in Research Disclosure (RD) No. 17643, item VII-F, JP-A-57-151944, JP-A-57-154234, JP-A-60-184248, JP-A-63-37346, U.S. Patents 4,248,962 and 4,782,012.
- couplers which imagewise release a nucleating agent or a development accelerator include those described in U.K. Patents 2,097,140 and 2,131,188, JP-A-59-157638 and JP-A-59-170840.
- RD Research Disclosure
- the couplers for use in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention can be introduced into the photographic material by various conventional dispersion methods.
- high-boiling solvents which are used for oil-in-water dispersion methods are described in U.S. Patent 2,322,027, etc.
- Useful examples of high-boiling organic solvents which have a boiling point of not lower than 175°C under atmospheric pressure and are used in the oil-in-water dispersion methods include phthalic esters (e.g., dibutyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, decyl phthalate, bis(2,4-di-t-amylphenyl) phthalate, bis(2,4-di-t-amylphenyl) isophthalate, bis(1,1-diethylpropyl)-phthalate, etc.); phosphoric esters and phosphonic esters (e.g., triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, 2-ethylhexyl diphenyl phosphate, tricycl
- Organic solvents having a boiling point of not lower than about 30 C, preferably not lower than 50 C, but not higher than about 160 C can be used as co-solvents.
- Typical examples of the co-solvents include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl propionate, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2- ethoxyethyl acetate and dimethylformamide.
- the couplers are impregnated with loadable latex polymer (e.g., described in U.S. Patent 4,203,716) in the presence or absence of the above noted high-boiling organic solvent or dissolved in a water-insoluble, organic solvent-soluble polymer to be dispersed in an aqueous solution of a hydrophilic colloid.
- loadable latex polymer e.g., described in U.S. Patent 4,203,712
- the homopolymers or copolymers described in WO(PCT) 88/00723 are used.
- Acrylamide polymers are particularly preferred for stabilization of the dye image.
- the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention may contain a developing agent.
- a developing agent which can be contained in the photographic material are described in RD No. 17643 (Developing Agents of page 29). Hydroquinones and pyrazolidones are particularly preferred.
- An undercoated cellulose triacetate film support was coated with the following layers having the following compositions to prepare a multi-layer color photographic material s sample 101.
- Each layer had the following composition. Numerals represent coating weight (g/m 2 ). The amounts of silver halide emulsions and colloidal silver are coating weights (g/m 2 ) in terms of silver. The amounts of sensitizing dyes are represented by moles per one mole of silver halide in the same layer.
- Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- the thus prepared sample was cut to form pieces having a width of 35 mm, exposed to white light (color temperature of light source: 4800 K) through a wedge and processed in the following processing steps by using a processing machine for motion picture film (FP-350, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.).
- the sample selected for evaluation of performance was only processed until after the accumulated replenishment of the color developing solution reached three times the tank capacity of the mother solution.
- the bleaching solution was aerated at a rate of 200 ml/min through a pipe having many pores of 0.2 mm ⁇ provided at the bottom of the bleaching solution tank. Processing was carried out while carrying out the aeration under the above conditions.
- the amount of the developing solution carried into the bleaching step and the amount of the fixing solution carried into the rinsing step were 2.5 ml and 2.0 ml, respectively, each amount being per 35 mm wide by 1 m long strip of the photographic material .
- Cross-over time was 5 seconds from both color development to bleaching and from bleaching to fixing. The time was included in the processing time of the previous step.
- Each processing solution had the following composition.
- chelate compound refers to organic acids capable of forming iron(III) ammonium salts of organic acids used as bleaching agents.
- the mother solution and replenisher had the same composition.
- the mother solution and the replenisher were the same.
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with an H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type strongly acidic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not more than 3 mg/L Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/l) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/1) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
- H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.
- Amberlite IRA-400 OH type strongly acidic anion exchange resin
- the mother solution and replenisher had the same composition.
- Processing was carried out in the same manner as described above except that the following processing solution was used as a standard bleaching solution which caused no bleach fog.
- the bleaching time was 390 seconds
- the processing temperature was 38°C
- the replenishment rate was 25 ml per 35 mm wide by 1 m long strip of the sample.
- the density of the processed sample obtained by using the above standard bleaching solution was measured in the same manner as described above, and the D min value was also read from the characteristic curve.
- the Dmin value obtained by using the above standard bleaching solution is referred to as the standard.
- a difference ADmin between the samples was determined from the Dmin values obtained from the standard.
- the Dmin value obtained by using the standard bleaching solution was 0.60.
- AD (Dmin after storage) - (Dmin before storage)
- the compounds of the present invention reduce the amount of residual silver in comparison with the comparative compounds and at the same time, the compounds of the present invention have an excellent effect of improving properties with regard to bleach fog and stain upon storage of dye image after processing.
- the sample 311 described in JP-A-2-28637 (a silver iodobromide type multilayer color photographic material for photography) was processed in the following steps.
- the rinse step was a countercurrent system of from (2) to (1). All overflow of the bleaching solution was introduced into the bleach-fixing bath.
- the amount of fixing solution carried into the rinsing step in the above processing was 2 ml per 35 mm wide by 1 mm long strip of the photographic material.
- the mother solution and replenisher had the same composition.
- the density of the processed sample was measured, and the Dmin value measured with green light was read from the characteristic curve.
- Example 1-1 The sample 311 described in JP-A-2-28637 was processed with the standard bleaching solution used in Example 1-1. In the same manner as in Example 1-1, bleach fog ADmin value was calculated on the basis of the Dmin value obtained on the standard bleaching solution. The Dmin value obtained by using the standard bleaching solution was 0.57. The results are shown in Table 1-2.
- Example 1-1 The above processed sample was tested under the same conditions as in Example 1-1 to determine the increase in stain upon storage of the image after processing. Evaluation of stain was carried out. The results are shown in Table 1-2.
- the comparative compounds, A, B, C and D are the same compounds as those used in Example 1-1. It is clearly seen from the results of Table I-2 that the compounds of the present invention reduce the amount of residual silver and have an excellent effect of improving properties with regard to bleach fog and stain upon storage of the dye image after processing in comparison with the comparative compounds.
- Both sides of a paper support were laminated with polyethylene.
- the surface of the polyethylene-laminated paper support was treated with corona discharge and coated with a gelatin undercoat layer containing sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and then with the following photographic constituent layers to prepare a multi-layer color photographic paper having the following layer structure.
- Coating solutions were prepared in the following manner.
- a silver chlorobromide emulsion A (cubic, a 3:7 (by silver molar ratio) mixture of a larger-size emulsion A having an average grain size of 0.88 u.m and a smaller-size emulsion A having an average grain size of 0.70 nm, a coefficient of variation in grain size distribution: 0.08 and 0.10, respectively, 0.3 mol% of silver bromide being localized on a part of the surface of the grain in each emulsion) was prepared.
- the following blue-sensitive sensitizing dyes A and B were added to the emulsion in such an amount that 2.Ox10- 4 mol of each of the dyes A and B was added to the larger-size emulsion A and 2.5x10 -4 mol of each of the dyes A and B was added to the smaller-size emulsion A, each amount being per mol of silver.
- the chemical ripening of the emulsion was carried out by adding a sulfur sensitizing agent and a gold sensitizing agent.
- the above emulsified dispersion A and the silver chlorobromide emulsion A were mixed and dissolved.
- a coating solution for the first layer was prepared to provide the following composition.
- Coating solutions for the second layer through the seventh layer were prepared in the same manner as the coating solution for the first layer.
- Sodium salt of 1-oxy-3,5-dichloro-s-triazine was used as the hardening agent for gelatin in each layer.
- Cpd-10 and Cpd-11 were added to each layer in an amount of 25.0 mg/m 2 and 50.0 mg/m 2 in total, respectively.
- the following spectral sensitizing dyes were used in the silver chlorobromide emulsion for the following light-sensitive emulsion layers.
- the following dyes (parenthesized numerals being coating weights) were added to the emulsion layers to prevent irradiation.
- Each layer had the following composition. Numerals represent coating weight (g/m 2 ). The amounts of silver halide emulsions are represented by coating weight in terms of silver.
- Polyethylene on the first layer contains white pigment (Ti0 2 ) and bluish dye (ultramarine)]
- Second Layer Color Mixing Inhibiting Layer
- UV-1) Ultraviolet Light Absorbent 4:2:4 mixture (by weight)
- Each processing solution had the following composition.
- the above-described photographic material was processed by the following processing steps.
- Example 1-1 The same photographic material as that of Example 1-1 was exposed to white light (color temperature of 4800° K) through a wedge and processed in the following processing steps.
- Processing was carried out until the accumulated replenishment rate reached twice the tank capacity of the mother solution. At this point, the processing was evaluated.
- the processing was evaluated by measurement of the amount of residual silver in the maximum developed color density part, the measurement of bleach fog and the measurement of the increase in stain under dark moist heat storage conditions as in Example 1-1. The results are shown in Table 1-4.
- the bleaching solutions containing the compounds of the present invention as bleaching agents provide superior desilverization, prevention of bleach fog and stain after processing as compared to the comparative bleaching solution.
- the amounts of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by coating weight in g/m 2 in terms of silver.
- the amounts of couplers, additives and gelatin are represented by coating weight in g/m 2.
- the amounts of sensitizing dyes are represented by moles per one mole of silver halide in the same layer.
- Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- the photographic material thus prepared was exposed through an optical wedge and processed in the following steps.
- the rack of the automatic processor was replaced with a shortened rack such shorter processing times could be selected.
- the time of each of the bleaching, bleach-fixing and fixing was 50 seconds.
- the time of each of the bleaching and bleach-fixing was shortened to 20 seconds, and the time of fixing was shortened to 30 seconds.
- Rinse was a countercurrent system of from (2) to (1), and all of the overflow of the rinsing water was introduced into the fixing bath.
- Replenishment to the bleach-fixing bath was carried out in the following manner.
- the upper part of the bleaching tank in the automatic processor was connected with the bottom of the bleach-fixing tank by means of a pipe, and the upper part of the fixing tank was connected with the bottom of the bleach-fixing tank by means of a pipe such that all of the overflow produced by the supply of replenisher to the bleaching tank and the fixing tank was allowed to flow into the bleach-fixing bath.
- the amount of the developing solution carried into the bleaching step, the amount of the bleaching solution carried into the fixing step and the amount of the fixing solution carried into the rinsing step were 2.5 ml, 2.0 ml and 2.0 ml, respectively, each amount being per 35 mm wide by 1 mm long strip of the photographic material.
- Cross-over time was 5 seconds in each case. The cross-over time was included in the processing time of the previous step.
- the processing was started by using the following mother solution having the following composition. While the wash processing step was replenished with a replenisher in an amount corresponding to the processed amount of the photographic material, the processing was continuously carried out until the accumulated replenishment rate reached three times the tank capacity.
- Each processing solution had the following composition.
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and OH type strongly basic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not higher than 3 mg/t. Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/l) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/l) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.7 to 7.5.
- the processed sample was tested under the same conditions as those of Example 1-1 to evaluate an increase in stain during the storage of image. The results are shown in Table 1-5.
- the sample was uniformly exposed to provide a gray density of 2.0, and the exposed sample was processed in the same manner as described above.
- the amount of silver remaining in the sample was determined by X-ray fluorometry. The results are shown in Table 1-5.
- the photographic material was uniformly exposed to provide a gray density of 2.2, and the exposed material was processed in the following manner to determine the amount of residual silver after processing.
- the amount of residual silver of the sample was determined by X-ray fluorometry.
- the sample was subjected to gradation exposure through a wedge and processed in the same manner as described above to examine an increase in stain upon storage after processing.
- the processed sample was stored at 80 C and 70% RH for one week, and an increase in stain before and after storage was evaluated.
- the processing was carried out in the following steps by using the above-described processing solutions.
- the processing was started by introducing each tank solution into each processing tank and continuously carried out while adding each replenisher in an amount corresponding to the amount of sample processed in each tank.
- the bleaching agents of the present invention are superior in properties with regard to desilverization as well as stain upon storage after processing as compared to the bleaching agents of the Comparative Examples.
- the effect of the present invention is particularly remarkable wherein the bleach-fixing time is shortened. Namely, even when the bleach-fixing time is reduced by 1/2 or less, the amount of residual silver is small and staining upon storage is superior before and after running.
- Comparative Example 2 wherein comparative compound B is used, there is little residual silver when processing is carried out immediately after the preparation of the processing solution, but the desilverization property is greatly reduced and precipitates are formed as the running proceeds.
- Fuji color SUPER HG400 (the manufacturer's serial number 311130) and Fuji color REALA (the manufacturer's serial number 861016) were processed by processing Nos. 201 to 211 of Example 1-2, similar effects to those of Example 1-2 were obtained.
- compositions having a bleaching ability according to the present invention when used, rapid processing is achieved with the formation of bleach fog, staining substantially does not form upon storage after processing, and a high degree of desilverization is achieved.
- Example 3 The same photographic material as that of Example 1-3 was prepared, and the following processing solutions were prepared. Each processing solution had the following composition.
- sample 1101 The above developing solution is referred to as sample 1101.
- Samples 1102 to 1112 were prepared by adding the compounds of formula (I) of the present invention and comparative compounds in the amounts indicated in Table 11-1 below.
- the above-described photographic material was subjected to gradation exposure through three-color separation filter for sensitometry by using a sensitometer (FWH type, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.). Exposure time was 0.1 second and exposure was conducted to provide an exposure amount of 250 CMS.
- processing was carried out in the following steps by using the fresh solutions (the above color developing solutions immediately after the preparation thereof) and the stored solutions (the color developing solutions which were stored for a given period of time after preparation).
- the sample was processed with each of the fresh color developing solution (the fresh solution) and the stored color developing solution (the stored solution).
- the minimum density (Dmin) of the yellow and the sensitivity of the magenta (logarithmic value log E of an exposure amount giving a density of 0.5) images were measured.
- the increase (ADmin) in the minimum density of the yellow image and the change (AS) in the sensitivity of magenta image were measured.
- the residual amount of the developing agent in the stored solution was determined by means of high speed liquid chromatography to determine whether a precipitate was formed in the developing solution with the passage of time. The results are shown in Table 11-1.
- the developing agent With regard to the residual amount of the developing agent, the developing agent remains unchanged in an amount sufficient to exhibit effective performance when the compounds of formula (I) of the present invention is used.
- the compounds of formula (I) of the present invention provide stable developing solutions without the formation of a precipitate.
- B indicates the formation of a precipitates (a multiple number of B's indicates the formation of a larger amount of precipitate).
- An undercoated cellulose triacetate film support was coated with the following layers having the following compositions to prepare a multi-layer color photographic material as a sample.
- Each layer had the following composition. Numerals represent coating weight (g/m 2 ). The amounts of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by coating weight (g/m 2 ) in terms of silver. The amounts of sensitizing dyes are represented by moles per one mole of silver halide in the same layer.
- Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and OH type strongly basic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not higher than 3 mg/L Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/l) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/l) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
- H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.
- Amberlite IRA-400 OH type strongly basic anion exchange resin
- the sample prepared above was cut to from pieces of 33 mm in width and exposed to white light (color temperature of light source: 4800° K) through a wedge.
- the exposed sample was processed in the following steps by using the color developing solutions (samples 1201 to 1207) immediately after the preparation thereof and the color developing solutions (samples 1201 to 1207) which had been stored for a given period of time.
- a lowering in density (ADmax) of the G (green) density resulting from the use of the stored developing solution was determined on the basis of the maximum density obtained when the sample was processed with the fresh color developing solution (fresh solution).
- the residue ratios of the developing agents and hydroxylamine after storage were determined by analysis. Furthermore, the color developing solutions were visually examined for the formation of precipitates upon storage. The results are shown in Table 11-2.
- Each of compounds 7, 8, 9 and 12 of formula (I) of the present invention in an amount of 3 g/l was added to the fixing solution of Example II-2. Furthermore, ferric ion in an amount corresponding to the amount of ferric ion carried over from the bleaching solution of the prebath was added thereto to prepare sample solutions 1301 to 1304. These sample solutions were stored in a beaker having an opening ratio of 0.1 cm -1 at 38°C for 30 days, and the turbidity of the solutions was observed. The solution not containing a compound of formula (I) became greatly turbid. The fixing solutions containing a compound of formula (I) of the present invention remained clear and did not form a precipitate.
- Example 11-2 The stabilizing solution of Example 11-2 was used as such for the purpose of comparison. Each of compounds 7, 8, 9 and 12 in an amount of 100 ml/l was added thereto to prepare sample solutions 1401 to 1405. Processing was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11-2 by using these stabilizing solutions and the fresh solutions of Example 11-2. After processing, films were stored under wet heat conditions at 45 C and 70% RH for one week. An increase in stain of the magenta image (ADmin) was determined before and after storage.
- ADmin magenta image
- Example 11-2 To examine bleaching performance, the same photographic material as that of Example 11-2 was used.
- the color developing solution used was the sample solution 1201 of Example II-2 and the fixing solution, the stabilizing solution and the rinsing solution were the same as those used in Example II-2.
- sample solutions 1501 to 1505 fresh solution
- sample solutions stored solutions
- the amount of residual silver in the maximum density part was analyzed by X-ray fluorometry.
- the amount of residual hydrogen peroxide was analyzed.
- Example 2 of JP-A-2-90151 The sample 201 of Example 2 of JP-A-2-90151, the photographic material 9 of Example 3 of JP-A-2-93641 and the photographic material of Example 11-1 were used, and evaluation was made in the same manner as in Example 11-2. A similar effect was obtained.
- Example 1 of JP-A-2-58041 was used, and disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate in the developing solution (A) thereof was replaced with an equal amount of compound 8 to prepare a developing solution (B).
- the developing solution was stored at 40 C for 4 days and then subjected to running processing. It was found that precipitation was reduced.
- the processing compositions of the present invention have the following excellent effects.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Silver Salt Photography Or Processing Solution Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present invention relates to a processing composition for processing silver halide photographic materials, and more particularly to a photographic processing composition containing a novel bleaching agent for use in the bleaching step after color development or a photographic processing composition containing a novel chelating agent for sequestering metal ions which are harmful to photographic processing. The present invention also relates to a method for processing silver halide photographic materials using these compositions.
- Generally, imagewise exposed silver halide black-and-white photographic materials are processed by processing steps such as black-and-white development, fixing, rinse, etc., and imagewise exposed silver halide color photographic materials (hereinafter referred to as color photographic materials) are processed by processing steps such as color development, desilverization, rinse, stabilization, etc. Imagewise exposed silver halide reversal color photographic materials are processed by processing steps such as black-and-white development and reversal development followed by color development, desilverization, rinse, stabilization, etc.
- In the color development step, exposed silver halide grains are reduced by color developing agents to form silver and at the same time, the thus formed oxidant of the color developing agent reacts with a coupler to form a dye image.
- In the subsequent desilverization step, developed silver formed in the development step is oxidized by bleaching agents having an oxidizing effect into silver salt (bleaching). Unused silver halide is converted by fixing agents into soluble silver salt (fixing). Thus, the developed silver and the unused silver halide is removed from the sensitive layers. Bleaching and fixing can be carried out independently by a bleaching step and a fixing step, respectively. Alternatively, bleaching and fixing can be simultaneously carried out as a bleach-fixing step. The details of these processing steps and the compositions of processing solutions, etc. are described in James, The Theory of Photographic Process, fourth edition (1977), Research Disclosure No. 17643, pages 28-29, ibid. No. 18716 (page 651 left column to right column) and ibid. No. 307105 (pages 880-881).
- In addition to the above-described basic processing steps, various auxiliary steps such as a rinse step, a stabilization step, a hardening step and a stop step are carried out to retain the photographic and physical qualities of the dye image.
- The above-described processing steps are generally conducted in automatic processors. Photographic processing is conducted by various laboratores ranging from large-scale laboratories provided with large-size automatic processors to more recent photo shops (called mini-laboratories) using small-size automatic processors in the shop. Thus, there is a possibility that processing performance is adversely affected.
- The incorporation of metal ions into the processing solutions is a major cause of reduced processing performance. For example, when processing solutions are prepared, metal ions such as calcium, magnesium and iron contained in water, or metal ions such as calcium dissolved out from photographic materials, are incorporated into the processing solutions. Such metal ions have an adverse effect on processing performance.
- For example, in a developer, when calcium ion or magnesium ion is accumulated, these metal ions react with ingredients such as carbonates in the processing solution to form a precipitate or sludge, and the precipitate or the sludge is deposited onto the processed film, whereby staining or the clogging of the filters of the processor results. Transition metal ions, typically iron ion, often greatly reduce the storage property of the processing solution. As a result, a lowering in image density and a lowering in photographic performance such as rise in fog result. In other cases, there is a possibility that metal ions are left behind in the processed films and as a result, image stability is deteriorated.
- Further, when a transition metal such as iron ion is mixed into a bleaching solution using hydrogen peroxide or persulfate, the stability of the solution is remarkably lowered and the problems such as bleach inferior arise.
- In the case of a fixing solution, on the other hand, the stability is lowered when a transition metal salt is mixed into the conventional thiosulfate-containing fixing solution, and further, turbidity and sludge are formed in the solution. As a result, various problems such as the reduction of the circulating flow rate due to the clogging of filter in automatic developing machine, fixing failure, and processing stain of film arise.
- Furthermore, in the case of a stabilizing solution prepared by using a hard water containing a large amount of potassium and magnesium, the solution may have turbidity due to the formation of bacteria therein and cause the stain of film. When a transition metal type ion such as iron ion is mixed into the solution, the preservability of film after processing is deteriorated since the ion remains in the film.
- Accordingly, there is a need in the art to solve the problems caused by such metal ions.
- As a method for solving the above-described problems, the use of chelating agents for sequestering the metal ions has been proposed. Examples of the chelating agents conventionally used include amino polycarboxylic acids (e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, etc.) as described in JP-B-48-30496 (the term "JP-B" as used herein means an "examined Japanese patent publication") and JP-B-44-30232, organic phosphonic acids as described in JP-A-56-97347 (the term "JP-A" as used herein means an "unexamined published Japanese patent application"), JP-B-56-39359 and West German Patent 2,227,639, phosphonocarboxylic acids as described in JP-A-52-102726, JP-A-53-42730, JP-A-54-121127, JP-A-55-126241 and JP-A-55-65956, and the compounds described in JP-A-58-195845, JP-A-58-203440 and JP-B-53-40900.
- Some of the above described compounds are practically useful, but these compounds are not considered to provide satisfactory performance. For example, when ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid is added to a developing solution, it accelerates the decomposition of the developing agent or preservative in the developing solution in the presence of iron ion. Furthermore, photographic characteristics are deteriorated. For example, a lowering in image density and rise in fog result, even though the acid has a high ability for sequestering calcium ion. Alkylidenediphosphonic acids do not have such a deteriorating effect in the presence of iron ion, but when these acids are added to a processing solution prepared using hard water containing a relatively large amount of calcium, the solids which are formed result in maintenance and operational difficulties of the automatic processor and other problems.
- There is a tendency to increasingly reduce the replenishment rate of photographic processing solutions in light of environmental concerns. Hence, the residence time of the processing solutions in the processors is prolonged such that preservation of the processing solutions is highly desirable. Accordingly, there is a need to develop an excellent novel chelating agent which is free of the problem caused by accumulated metal ions in the developing solution and which effectively sequester metal ions.
- The above-described processing steps have been conducted in shops provided with small-size automatic processors (called mini-laboratories) in recent years. Accordingly, rapid processing attention to customers has become increasingly important.
- However, the iron(III) complex salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid conventionally used has a fundamental disadvantage in that the oxidizing power thereof is low. Bleaching accelerators (e.g., mercapto compounds described in U.S. Patent 1,138,842) are added to improve the oxidizing power. However, rapid bleaching cannot be achieved.
- Red prussiate, iron chloride, bromates, etc. are known as bleaching agents capable of achieving rapid bleaching. However, red prussiate cannot be widely used due to environmental concerns. Iron chloride is inconvenient to handle, because it corrodes metals. Bromate solutions are unstable.
- Accordingly, there is a need to provide a bleaching agent which is easy to handle, is free from the problem of the discharge of waste liquor and achieves rapid bleaching.
- Iron(III) complex salt of 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid has been proposed as a bleaching agent meeting the above requirements in recent years.
- However, this bleaching agent causes bleach fog. The addition of buffering agents to the bleaching agent has been proposed as a method for reducing the bleach fog (see, JP-A-1-213657). However, the problem is not be sufficiently solved by this method. Particularly, in rapid processing wherein color development is conducted in a short time of within 3 minutes, high-activity developing solutions are used which result in a much greater degree of bleach fog.
- Furthermore, when processing solutions having a bleaching ability with iron(III) complex salt of 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid are used, stain is increased during storage after processing.
- Furthermore, when continuous processing is carried out by using the processing solutions having a bleaching ability with iron(III) complex salt of 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, desilverization performance is greatly lowered in comparison with that at the early stage of continuous processing and precipitates are formed. Therefore, there is a need to provide a novel processing composition having a bleaching ability which solves the above described problems and a processing method which can be used in place of conventional processing methods.
- Accordingly, a first object of the present invention is to provide a photographic processing composition which does not form a precipitate or sludge even when metal ions are contained therein.
- A second object of the present invention is to provide a stable processing composition which does not reduce the effectiveness of the active components in the processing solutions and does not form a component having an adverse effect on photographic characteristics even when metal ions are contained therein.
- A third object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which enhances preservability of the image without the increase of stain despite the presence of metal ions left behind in the processed photographic material, which metal ions are contained in the processing composition, and to provide a processing method using the processing composition.
- The above-described objects of the present invention have been achieved by providing a processing composition containing at least one compound represented by the formula (I) and a processing method using the same:
- A fourth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which is easy to handle and is free from the problem of environmental pollution caused by waste liquor and to provide a processing method using the same.
- A fifth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which is excellent in desilverization performance and has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- A sixth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which substantially does not cause bleach fog and has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- A seventh object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which does not stain a processed photographic material upon storage and which has a bleaching ability, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- An eighth object of the present invention is to provide a processing composition which can stably retain the above-described performance even when continuous processing is conducted, and to provide a processing method using the same.
- The above-described objects of the present invention have been achieved by providing a processing composition for use in processing a color photographic material, comprising a metal chelate compound formed from a compound represented by formula (I) and a metal salt selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II), Rh(III), Au(III), Au(II) and Ce(IV), and a processing method using the same:
- The compounds represented by formula (I) are illustrated in detail below.
- In formula (I), R, R, and R2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted or an aryl group which may be substituted. The alkyl group represented by R, R, and R2 may be a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms being preferred. For example, examples of the straight-chain alkyl group include a methyl group and an ethyl group, examples of the branched alkyl group include a tert-butyl group, and examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclohexyl group. More preferred examples of the alkyl group are methyl group and ethyl group. The aryl group represented by R, R1 and R2 preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Phenyl group is more preferred.
- The alkyl group and the aryl group represented by R, R and R2 may be substituted. Examples of substituent groups include an alkyl group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, i-propyl), an aralkyl group having preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms (e.g., phenylmethyl), an alkenyl group having preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., allyl), an alkynyl group having preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy), an aryl group having preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., phenyl), a substituted amino group (e.g.,
- Any two of R, R1 and R2 or all of R, R1 and R2 may be combined together to form a ring such as pyrrolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine and morpholine.
- L1 represents an alkylene group having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an arylene group having preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably methylene group or ethylene group or a group having a benzene ring. The alkylene group and the arylene group may be substituted. Examples of substituent groups for L1 include those described above in the definition of the substituent groups for R, R, and R2.
-
- In the above formulae, R and L, are as defined above in formula (I); R1 has the same meaning as R1 in formula (I) (preferred examples of substituent groups for the alkyl group and the aryl group include a carboxyl group, a group of
- Examples of D include the following groups.
-
-
-
-
- The total carbon number of the compounds represented by formula (I) of the present invention is preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
- Useful examples of the compounds represented by formula (I) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
-
- The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized by methods described in Chelate Chemistry (5), page 318 (1975) edited by Keihei Ueno (published by Nankodo) or Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 27, 474 (1988).
- Synthesis examples are illustrated below.
- The compounds was synthesized according to the methods described in Chelate Chemistry (5), page 318 (1975) edited by Keihei Ueno (published by Nankodo) (written in Japanese).
- 5.6 g (80.0 mmol) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride were suspended in 30 ml of methanol, and 30 ml of a methanol solution of 4.5 g of potassium hydroxide was added thereto. The precipitated potassium chloride was recovered by filtration. To the filtrate were added 30 ml of a methanol solution of 4.5 g of potassium hydroxide and 6.7 g (20.0 mmol) of diethyl ethylenediaminetetraacetate (see, synthesis method described in Chelate Chemistry (5), page 318 (1975), edited by Keihei Ueno, published by Nankodo). The mixture was reacted at room temperature for 3 days. 20% hydrochloric acid was added thereto, and the thus formed pasty material was taken out and dissolved in a small amount of water. The pH of the resulting solution was adjusted with potassium carbonate to 9. Methanol was added thereto, and the precipitated solid was recovered by filtration and recrystallized from water/methanol to obtain 3.8 g (10.8 mmol) of the desired compound 7 as the monohydrate. Yield: 54%.
- 5.12 g (20.0 mmol) of ethylenediaminetetraacetic anhydride (see, synthesis method described in French Patent 1,548,885) was suspended in 20 ml of water, and 5.6 ml (40.0 mmol) of triethylamine was added thereto. A solution of 3.67 g (44.0 mmol) of methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride in 10 ml of water was slowly added thereto at such a rate that the internal temperature was kept at 5 to 10° C. After the reaction was carried out for 4 hours, the precipitated crystal was recovered by filtration and recrystallized from water to obtain 1.88 g (4.87 mmol) of the desired compound 8 as the dihydrate. Yield: 24%. Melting point: 138-140°C (decomposition).
- The compound was synthesized according to the method described in Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 27, 474 (1988).
- 29 g (390 mmol) of N-isopropylhydroxylamine and 10 g (39 mmol) of ethylenediaminetetraacetic anhydride were suspended in 250 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide and reacted at room temperature for 4 days. After the solvent was removed by dutillation under reduced pressure, tetrahydrofuran was added. The precipitated solid was recovered by filtration and recrystallized from methanol/diethyl ether to obtain 9.2 g (27 mmol) of the desired compound 57. Yield: 69%. Melting point: 195-197 C (decomposition).
- Other compounds can be synthesized in the same manner as described above.
- The amounts of the compounds of formula (I) to be added to a processing composition varies depending on the type and application of the processing composition to be used, but is generally used in the range of from 10 mg to 50 g per liter of the processing composition.
- More specifically, when the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a black-and-white developing solution or a color developing solution, the compound is used in the range of preferably 0.5 to 10 g, particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 g per liter of the processing composition. When the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a bleaching solution (e.g., comprising hydrogen peroxide, persulfate, bromate, etc.), the compound is used in the range of preferably 0.1 to 20 g, particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 g per liter of the bleaching solution. When the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a fixing solution or bleach-fixing solution, the compound is used in the range of preferably 1 to 40 g, particularly preferably 1 to 20 g per liter of the solution. When the compound represented by formula (I) is added to a stabilizing bath, the compound is used in the range of preferably 50 mg to 1 g, particularly preferably 50 to 300 mg, per liter of the bath.
- The compounds represented by formula (I) may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more of these compounds.
- The compounds represented by formula (I) can generally be applied to all processing compositions for use in processing silver halide light-sensitive materials. Examples of such processing compositions include, but are limited to, general-purpose black-and-white developing solutions, infectious developing solutions for lith films, color developing solutions, bleaching solutions, fixing solutions, bleach-fixing solutions, compensating developers, stop-solutions, hardening solutions, washing solutions, stabilizing solutions, rinsing solutions, fogging solutions and toners.
- The compound represented by formula (I) forms a metal complex (a metal chelate compound) with a metal salt selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II) , Rh(III), Au(II), Au-(III) and Ce(IV), and it has excellent characteristics as the bleaching agent for silver halide color photographic materials.
- According to one embodiment of a processing composition containing a metal chelate compound of the present invention, the bleaching of developed silver is accomplished very rapidly by treating a silver halide color photographic material with the processing composition containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention after the imagewise exposed silver halide color photographic material is subjected to color development. No bleach fog results which is in sharp contrast the bleach fog resulting from the use of conventional bleaching agents for rapid bleaching. The effect is striking, particularly when rapid color development is carried out in a short time of 3 minutes or less followed by the treatment with the processing composition containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention. Furthermore, image preservability after processing is good, and the processing composition of the present invention is preferred from the viewpoint of handling.
- The metal salt which forms the metal chelate compound of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III), Co(III), Rh(II), Rh(III), Au(II), Au(III) and Ce(IV). Among them, the salts of Fe(III), Mn(III) and Ce(IV) are preferred with a salt of Fe(III) being particularly preferred.
- Halogen ions (e.g., Cℓ-, Br-, I-), nitrate ion and sulfate ion are preferably used as counter ions to the metal salts.
- The metal chelate compound of the present invention may be isolated as a metal chelate compound for use in the processing composition.
-
- A typical example of a method for synthesizing the metal chelate compound salt of the present invention is illustrated below.
- 27.0 g (0.100 mol) of ferric chloride hexahydrate and 40.5 g (0.105 mol) of compound 8 dihydrate were dissolved in 200 ml of water with heating and stirred at 90 C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure until the internal volume reached about 100 ml. Ethanol was added thereto to precipitate a yellow solid. The resulting crude crystal was recrystallized from water/ethanol and dried at 60°C under vacuum to obtain 29.9 g (0.0680 mol) of the desired compound K-4. Yield: 68%.
- In the present invention, the compound of formula (I) and the above-described metal salt such as ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, ferric nitrate, ammonium ferric sulfate or ferric phosphate are reacted with each other in a solution and may be used as such. The compound of formula (I) is used in a molar ratio of the compound to the metal ion of at least 1.0. A higher ratio is preferable when the stability of the metal chelate compound is low. The ratio is generally in the range of 1 to 30.
- A small amount of the metal chelate compound may be incorporated in the fixing solution or an intermediate bath between color development and the desilverization step. When 0.05 to 1 mol of the compound per liter of the processing solution is incorporated in the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution, the compound of the present invention functions effectively as a bleaching agent in the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution.
- A preferred embodiment of the processing solution having a bleaching ability (bleaching solution and bleach-fixing solution are generally called processing solution having a bleaching ability herein) is illustrated below.
- When 0.05 to 1 mol of the metal chelate compound of the present invention per liter of the processing solution is incorporated in the processing solution having a bleaching ability, the compound functions effectively as a bleaching agent as described above. An amount of the metal chelate compound in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mol per liter of the processing solution is more preferred.
- When the metal chelate compound of the present invention is used as a bleaching agent in a processing solution having a bleaching ability, the compound of the present invention may be used together with other conventional bleaching agents, as long as the effect of the present invention is obtained. Examples of such conventional bleaching agents include Fe(III), Co(III) or Mn(III) chelate type bleaching agents of compounds described below, persulfates (e.g., peroxodisulfate), hydrogen peroxide and bromates.
- Examples of the compounds which form the above-described conventional chelate bleaching agents include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, diammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetra(trimethylammonium) ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetrapotassium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tetrasodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, trisodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, pentasodium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate, ethylenediamine-N-(β-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetic acid, trisodium ethylenediamine-N-(β-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate, triammonium ethylenediamine-N-(,6-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate, 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, disodium 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetate, 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, diammonium 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetate, nitrilotriacetic acid, trisodium nitrilotriacetate, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, disodium cyclohexanediaminetetraacetate, iminodiacetic acid, dihydroxyethyl glycine, ethyl ether diaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid, phenylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,3-diaminopropanol-N,N,N',N'- tetramethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid and 1,3-propylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid.
- It is preferred that the processing solution having a bleaching ability contains a halide such as a chloride, bromide or iodide as a re-halogenating agent for accelerating the oxidation of silver in addition to the metal chelate compound functioning as a bleaching agent. Alternatively, an organic ligand which forms a sparingly soluble silver salt may be added in place of the halide. The halide is added in the form of an alkali metal salt or ammonium salt or a salt of guanidine or an amine. Examples of the halide include sodium bromide, ammonium bromide, potassium chloride and guanidine hydrochloride. Ammonium bromide is preferable. The re-halogenating agent is used in an amount of generally from 0 to 2.0 mol/t, preferably 0.01 to 2.0 mol/t, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5 mol/t, still more preferably 0.3 to 1.0 moll in the bleaching solution.
- The bleach-fixing solution containing the metal chelate compound of the present invention contains a fixing agent (described hereinafter) and optionally the re-halogenating agent in addition to the metal chelate compound. When the re-halogenating agent is used in the bleach-fixing solution, the re-halogenating agent is used in an amount of from 0.001 to 2.0 molli, preferably from 0.01 to 1.0 mol/ℓ.
- In the present invention, the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution may optionally contain a bleaching accelerator, a corrosion inhibitor for preventing the processing bath tank from being corroded, a buffering agent for maintaining the desired pH of the solution, a fluorescent brightener, anti-foaming agent, etc.
- Examples of the bleaching accelerator include compounds having mercapto group or disulfide group as described in U.S. Patent 3,893,858, German Patent 1,290,812, U.S. Patent 1,138,842, JP-A-53-95630 and Research Disclosure No. 17129 (1978); thiazolidine derivatives as described in JP-A-50-140129; thiourea derivatives as described in U.S. Patent 3,706,561; polyethylene oxides as described in German Patent 2,748,430; polyamine compounds as described in JP-B-45-8836; and imidazole compounds as described in JP-A-49-40493. Among them, the mercapto compounds described in U.S. Patent 1,138,842 are preferable.
- Preferred examples of the corrosion inhibitor include nitrates such as ammonium nitrate and potassium nitrate. The corrosion inhibitor is used in an amount of from 0.01 to 2.0 moUR, preferably 0.05 to 0.5 mol/ℓ.
- In the present invention, the pH of the bleaching solution or the bleach-fixing solution is in the range of from 2.0 to 8.0, preferably 3.0 to 7.5. When bleaching or bleach-fixing is conducted immediately after color development, it is preferred that the pH of the solution is not higher than 6.0, and preferably not higher than 5.5 to inhibit bleach fog. When the pH is less than 2.0, the metal chelate compound of the present invention is unstable. Therefore, pH is preferably in the range of from 2.0 to 5.5. When color printing materials are used, the pH is preferably in the range of from 3 to 7 to prevent cyan dye from being converted to leuco dye.
- The pH buffering agent is not particularly limited as long as the buffering agent is substantially not oxidized by the bleaching agent and provides buffer action in the pH range described above. Examples of useful buffering agents include organic acids such as acetic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, malic acid, chloroacetic acid, levulinic acid and ureidopropionic acid and organic bases such as pyridine, dimethylpyrazole, 2-methyl-o-oxazoline and aminoacetonitrile. Organic acids having a pKa of 2.0 to 5.5 are preferred in the present invention. Acetic acid and glycolic acid are particularly preferred. The buffering agent is used in an amount of from 0 to 3.0 moi/t, preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mol/t. The buffering agent may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more buffering agents.
- The above-described acids may be used together with an alkali agent (e.g., ammonia water, KOH, NaOH, imidazole, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine) to adjust the pH of the processing solution having a bleaching ability to a value within the range described above. Among them, ammonia water is preferred.
- It is preferred that when processing is conducted, the processing solution having a bleaching ability is aerated to oxidize the iron(II) complex salt formed therein, whereby the bleaching agent is reproducable and photographic performance is stable.
- The bleaching or bleach-fixing step can be carried out at a temperature of from 30 to 50° C, preferably from 35 to 45 C. The time of the bleaching step and/or the bleach-fixing step is generally 10 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably 10 to 60 seconds in the case of a photographic material for photographing. The time is generally from 5 to 70 seconds, preferably from 5 to 60 seconds, more preferably from 5 to 30 seconds in the case of a print photographic material. Good results can be obtained under these preferred processing conditions under which processing is rapid and staining is not increased.
- The fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution of the present invention can contain a conventional fixing agents. Examples of the fixing agent include thiosulfates, thiocyanates, thioethers, amines, mercapto compounds, thiones, thioureas and iodides. More specifically, examples of the fixing agent include ammonium thiosulfate, sodium thiosulfate, potassium thiosulfate, guanidine thiosulfate, potassium thiocyanate, dihydroxyethyl thioether, 3,6-dithia-1,8-octanediol and imidazole. Among them, thiosulfates, particularly ammonium thiosulfate are preferred when rapid fixing is desired. More rapid fixing can be conducted by using two or more fixing agents in combination. For example, it is preferred that ammonium thiosulfate is used in combination with ammonium thiocyanate, imidazole, thiourea, thioether, etc. In this case, the second fixing agent is used in an amount of preferably 0.01 to 100 mol% based on the amount of ammonium thiosulfate.
- The fixing agent is used in an amount of from 0.1 to 3.0 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mol per liter of the fixing solution or the bleach-fixing solution. The pH of the fixing solution varies depending on the type of fixing agent, but is generally in the range of from 3.0 to 9.0. Particularly, when thiosulfates are used, a pH of from 6.5 to 8.0 is preferred to obtain stable fixing performance.
- Preservatives can be added to the fixing solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution to enhance the stability of the solution with time. When the fixing solution or the bleach-fixing solution contains thiosulfates, sulfites and/or bisulfite adducts of hydroxylamine, hydrazine and aldehydes (e.g., bisulfite adduct of acetaldehyde, particularly preferably bisulfite adducts of aromatic aldehydes described in JP-A-1-298935) are effective as preservatives. The sulfinic acid compounds described in JP-A-62-143048 are also preferred.
- A buffering agent is preferably added to the fixing solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution to keep the pH of the solution constant. Examples of the buffering agent include phosphates, imidazoles such as imidazole, 1-methyl-imidazole, 2-methyl-imidazole and 1-ethyl-imidazole, triethanolamine, N-allylmorpholine and N-benzoylpiperazine. When a chelating agent is added to the fixing agent, iron ion carried over from the bleaching solution is sequestered to thereby improve the stability of the solution. Preferred examples of such a chelating agent include 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'- tetramethylenephosphonic acid, nitrilotrimethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid and 1,2-propanediaminetetraacetic acid.
- The fixing step is conducted at a temperature of from 30 to 50° C, preferably 35 to 45. C. The time of the fixing step is from 35 seconds to 2 minutes, preferably from 40 to 100 seconds in the case of a photographic material for photographing. The time is from 10 to 70 seconds, preferably from 10 to 30 seconds in the case of a print photographic material.
- The desilverization step of the present invention is carried out by a combination of a bleaching step and/or a bleach-fixing step. Typical examples of such combinations include the following.
- (1) Bleaching and fixing
- (2) Bleaching and bleach-fixing
- (3) Bleaching, bleach-fixing, and fixing
- (4) Bleaching, washing, and fixing
- (5) Bleach-fixing
- (6) Fixing and bleach-fixing
- In the case of a photographic material for photographing, the processing combinations (1), (2), (3) and. (4) are preferred with (1), (2) or (3) being more preferred. In the case of a print photographic material, the processing combination (5) is preferred.
- The present invention can be applied to the desilverization treatment by means of a stop bath, rinse bath, etc. after color development.
- It is preferred that stirring is vigorously carried out as much as possible in the desilverization steps such as the bleaching, bleach-fixing and fixing steps to enhance the effect of the present invention.
- Examples of methods for vigorously stirring include a method wherein a jet stream of the processing solution is directed to the emulsion surface of the light-sensitive material as described in JP-A-62-183460 and JP-A-62-183461; a method wherein a stirring effect is improved by using a rotating means as described in JP-A-62-183461; a method wherein the light-sensitive material is transferred while a wire blade provided in the solution is brought into contact with the emulsion surface to cause a turbulent flow on the emulsion surface, whereby stirring is improved; and a method wherein the circulating flow rate of the entire processing solution is increased. Such methods for improving stirring can be effectively applied to any of the bleaching solution, the bleach-fixing solution and the fixing solution. It is considered that the transport of the bleaching agent and the fixing agent into the emulsion layer is expedited by vigorous stirring, and as a result, the desilverization rate is increased.
- The above-described vigorous stirring means are more effective when a bleaching accelerator is used. The bleaching accelerating effect is greatly increased by this technique, and the problem of a fixation inhibiting action is solved.
- The above-described vigorous stirring can be preferably applied to the color developing solution, the rinsing solution and the stabilizing solution.
- When a compound of formula (I) of the present invention is added to a color developing solution and a black-and-white developing solution, precipitation in the processing solution is prevented and the stability of the solution is improved.
- The color developing solution of the present invention can contain conventional aromatic primary amine color developing agents. Preferred developing agents are p-phenylenediamine derivatives. Typical examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
- D-1 N,N-Diethyl-p-phenylenediamine
- D-2 2-Amino-5-diethylaminotoluene
- D-3 2-Amino-5-(N-ethyl-N-laurylamino)toluene
- D-4 4-[N-Ethyl-N-(β-hydroxyethyl)amino]aniline
- D-5 2-Methyl-4-[N-ethyl-N-(β-hydroxyethyl)amino]aniline
- D-6 4-Amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-[β-(methanesulfonamido)ethyl]aniline
- D-7 N-(2-Amino-5-diethylaminophenylethyl)methanesulfonamide
- D-8 N,N-Dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine
- D-9 4-Amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-methoxyethylaniline
- D-10 4-Amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-Q-ethoxyethylaniline
- D-11 4-Amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-,B-butoxyethylaniline
- D-12 2-Methoxy-4-[N-ethyl-N-(a-hydroxyethyl)amino]aniline
- Among the above-described p-phenylenediamine derivatives, D-5, D-6 and D-12 are preferable.
- It is preferred that these p-phenylenediamine derivatives are used in the form of a salt such as a sulfate, hydrochloride, sulfite or p-toluenesulfonate. The aromatic primary amine color developing agent is used in an amount of preferably from 0.005 to 0.1 mol, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.06 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- The color developing solution may contain a sulfite such as sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite and potassium metabisulfite and carbonyl sulfite adducts as a preservative.
- Further, it is preferred that the hydroxyl amines (e.g., those described in JP-A-63-5341 and JP-A-63-106655, preferably the compounds having a sulfo group or a carboxyl group), hydroxamic acids described in JP-A-63-43138, hydrazines and hydrazides described in JP-A-63-146041, phenols described in JP-A-63-44657 and JP-A-63-58443, a-hydroxyketones and a-aminoketones described in JP-A-63-44656 and/or various saccharide described in JP-A-63-36244 are directly added to the aromatic primary amine color developing agent.
- In combination with the above-described compounds are preferably used the monoamines described in JP-A-63-4235, JP-A-63-24254, JP-A-63-21647, JP-A-63-146040, JP-A-63-27841 and JP-A-63-25654, the diamines described in JP-A-63-30845, JP-A-63-14640 and JP-A-63-43139, the polyamines described in JP-A-63-21647, JP-A-63-26655 and JP-A-63-44655, the nitroxy radicals described in JP-A-63-53551, the alcohols described in JP-A-63-43140 and JP-A-63-53549, the oximes described in JP-A-63-56654 and the tertiary amines described in JP-A-63-239447.
- Examples of other preservatives which may be contained in the developing solution of the present invention include various metals as described in JP-A-57-44148 and JP-A-57-53749, salicylic acids as described in JP-A-59-180588, alkanolamines as described in JP-A-54-3582, polyethyleneimines as described in JP-A-56-94349 and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds as described in U.S. Patent 3,746,544. Among them, aromatic polyhydroxy compounds are preferable.
- The preservative is used in an amount of from 0.005 to 0.2 mol, preferably from 0.01 to 0.05 mol per liter of the developing solution.
- The pH of the color developing solution of the present invention is in the range of from 9 to 12, preferably from 9.5 to 11.5. The color developing solution may contain other compounds conventionally employed in a color developing solution.
- A buffering agent is preferably used in the color developing solution of the present invention to maintain the pH in the range described above.
- Examples of useful buffering agents include, but are not limited to, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium tertiary phosphate, potassium tertiary phosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, dipotassium hydrogenphosphate, sodium borate, potassium borate, sodium tetraborate (borax), potassium tetraborate, sodium o-hydroxybenzoate (sodium salicylate), potassium o-hydroxybenzoate, sodium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (sodium 5-sulfosalicylate) and potassium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (potassium 5-sulfosalicylate).
- The buffering agent is preferably used in an amount of from at least 0.1 mol, particularly preferably 0.1 to 0.4 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- In the present invention, various chelating agents can be added to the color developing solution in such an amount that the chelating agents do not diminish the affect of the present invention, or otherwise interfere with the compounds of the present invention.
- Organic acid compounds are preferred as chelating agents. Examples thereof include aminopolycarboxylic acids, organic phosphonic acids and phosphonocarboxylic acids. More specifically, examples of these acids include, but are not limited to, nitrilotriacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, N,N,N-trimethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'- tetramethylenephosphonic acid, trans-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-o-hydroxyphenylacetic acid, 2-phosphonobutane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and N,N'-bis(2-hydroxybenzyl)ethylenediamine-N,N'-diacetic acid.
- These chelating agents may be used either alone or in a combination of two or more of the chelating agents.
- The chelating agent is used in an amount sufficient to sequester metal ions in the color developing solution. For example, the chelating agent is used in an amount of from 0.001 to 0.05 mol/t, preferably from 0.003 to 0.02 mol/t.
- The color developing solution of the present invention may contain a development accelerator.
- Examples of the development accelerator include the thioether compounds described in JP-B-37-16088, JP-B-37-5987, JP-B-38-7826, JP-B-44-12380, JP-B-45-9019, U.S. Patent 3,818,247; p-phenylenediamine compounds described in JP-A-52-49829 and JP-A-50-15554; quaternary ammonium salts described in JP-A-50-137726, JP-B-44-30074, JP-A-56-156826 and JP-A-52-43429; amine compounds described in U.S. Patents 2,494,903, 3,128,182, 4,230,796 and 3,253,919, JP-B-41-11431, U.S. Patents 2,482,546, 2,596,926 and 3,582,346; polyalkylene oxides described in JP-B-37-16088, JP-B-42-25201, U.S. Patent 3,128,183, JP-B-41-11431, JP-B-42-23883 and U.S. Patent 3,532,501; and imidazoles such as 2-methylimidazole and imidazole.
-
- These auxiliary developing agent is used in an amount of from 0.0005 to 0.03 mol, preferably from 0.001 to 0.01 mol per liter of the color developing solution.
- If desired, the color developing solution of the present invention may contain an anti-fogging agent. Examples of the anti-fogging agent include alkali metal halides such as sodium chloride, potassium bromide and potassium iodide and organic anti-fogging agents. Typical examples of the organic anti-fogging agents include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds such as benztriazole, 6-nitrobenzimidazole, 5-nitroisoin- dazole, 5-methylbenztriazole, 5-nitrobenztriazole, 5-chlorobenztriazole, 2-thiazolylbenzimidazole, 2-thiazolylmethyl-benzimidazole, indazole, hydroxyazaindolizine and adenine.
- The color developing solution of the present invention may contain a fluorescent brightener. Preferred examples of the fluorescent brightener include 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-disulfostilbene compounds. The compound is used in an amount of from 0 to 5 g/t, preferably from 0.1 to 4 g/L
- If desired, various surfactants such as alkylsulfonic acids, arylsulfonic acids, aliphatic carboxylic acids and aromatic carboxylic acids may be added to the color developer solution.
- The processing temperature using the color developing solution of the present invention is in the range of from 20 to 55 C, preferably 33 to 55 C.
- The processing time is from 20 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably from 30 seconds to 3 minutes and 20 seconds, more preferably from 1 to 2 minutes and 30 seconds in the case of a color photographic material for photographing. The time is from 10 to 80 seconds, preferably from 20 to 60 seconds in the case of a print photographic material.
- Black-and-white developing solutions which are first used in reversal color processing and contain a compound of the present invention and black-and-white developing solutions which are used for processing black-and-white silver halide photographic materials which contain a compound of the present invention can contain various additives conventionally used in such developing solutions.
- Typical examples of the additives include developing agents such as 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone, Metol and hydroquinone, preservatives such as sulfites, accelerators comprising alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, inorganic or organic inhibitors such as potassium bromide, 2-methylbenzimidazole and methylbenzthiazole, hard water softeners such as polyphosphates and development restrainers comprising a very small amount of an iodide or a mercapto compound.
- The effect of the present invention can also be obtained by adding a compound of formula (I) of the present invention to a rinsing water or stabilizing solution.
- The processing method of the present invention comprises basically the aforesaid color development step and the subsequent desilverization step. A rinsing step and/or a stabilization step subsequent to these steps is preferably carried out.
- Rinsing water for use in the rinsing step may contain various surfactants to prevent unevenness caused by water droplets during the drying step of the photographic material after processing. Examples of useful surfactants include polyethylene glycol type nonionic surfactants, polyhydric alcohol type nonionic surfactants, alkylbenzenesulfonate type anionic surfactants, higher alcohol sulfuric ester salt type anionic surfactants, alkylnaphthalenesulfonate type anionic surfactants, quaternary ammonium salt type cationic surfactants, amine salt type cationic surfactants, amino acid type ampholytic surfactants and betaine type ampholytic surfactants. When ionic surfactants are used, there is a possibility that the surfactant becomes bonded to various ions introduced by processing to form precipitates. Accordingly, the use of nonionic surfactants is preferable. Particularly, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts are preferred. Octylphenol, nonylphenol, dodecylphenol and dinonylphenol are particularly preferred as the alkylphenol. The addition of ethylene oxide is preferably 8 to 14 moles. Further, silicone surfactants having a high anti-foaming effect are preferably used.
- The rinsing water may contain various anti-bacterial agents and antifungal agents to prevent bacteria from proliferating or to prevent mold from being grown on the processed photographic material. Examples of useful anti-bacterial agents and antifungal agents include the thiazolylbenzimidazole compounds described in JP-A-57-157244 and JP-A-58-105145, the isothiazolone compounds described in JP-A-54-27424 and JP-A-57-8542, chlorophenol compounds such as trichlorophenol, bromophenol compounds, organotin compounds, organozinc compounds, thiocyanic acid or isothiocyanic acid compounds, acid amide compounds, diazine compounds, triazine compounds, thiourea compounds, benztriazole alkylguanidine compounds, quaternary ammonium salts such as benzammonium chloride, antibiotics such as penicillin and the general-purpose antifungal agents described in J. Antibact. Antifung. Agents, Vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 207-223 (1983). These agents may be used either alone or in combination thereof.
- Furthermore, the various germicides described in JP-A-48-83820 can be used.
- Chelating agents can be added to the rinsing water in such an amount that they do not interfere with the effect of the compound of formula (I) of the present invention.
- Preferred examples of the chelating agents include aminopolycarboxylic acids such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, organic phosphonic acids such as 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid and hydrolyzates of maleic anhydride polymers described in European Patent 345172A1.
- The same preservatives contained in the fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution are also preferably contained in the rinsing water.
- A processing solution used to stabilize a dye image is used as a stabilizing solution in the stabilization step. Examples of the stabilizing solution include a solution containing an organic acid, solutions having a buffer ability at a pH of 3 to 6 and solutions containing aldehydes (e.g., formalin, glutaraldehyde). The stabilizing solution may also contain any of compounds which can be added to the rinsing water. In addition thereto, ammonium compounds such as ammonium chloride and ammonium sulfite, compounds of metals such as Bi and Al, fluorescent brighteners, various dye stabilizers such as N-methylol compounds and stabilizing method using the same as described in JP-A-2-153350, JP-A-2-153348 and U.S. Patent 4,859,574, hardening agents and alkanolamines described in U.S. Patent 4,786,583 may be used.
- Multi-stage countercurrent systems are preferred in the rinsing step and the stabilization step. The number of stages is preferably 2 to 4. Replenishment rate per unit area is 1 to 50 times, preferably 2 to 30 times, more preferably 2 to 15 times the amount carried over from the prebath.
- Tap water can be used as the water in the rinsing step and the stabilization step. Ion-exchanged (deionized) water is preferably used having a Ca and Mg concentration each of 5 mg/t or less by treating water with an ion exchange resin, and water which is sterilized by a halogen or ultraviolet sterilization lamp is also preferably used.
- Tap water may be used to compensate for water lost by evaporation. However, deionized water or sterilized water which is preferably used in the rinsing step and the stabilization step is preferable.
- In the present invention, an appropriate amount of water or replenisher is fed to the bleaching solution and the bleach-fixing solution as well as other the processing solutions to correct concentration caused by evaporation.
- Overflow from the rinsing step and the stabilization step can be directed to a bath having a fixing ability which is a prebath, whereby the amount of waste solution is reduced.
- The stirring of each processing solution of the present invention is preferably enhanced as much as possible. Examples of methods for enhancing stirring include a method wherein a jet stream of the processing solution is directed to the emulsion surface of the photographic material as described in JP-A-62-183460; a method wherein a stirring effect is improved by using a rotating means as described in JP-A-62-18346; a method wherein the photographic material is transferred while the emulsion surface is brought into contact with a wire blade or squeeze roller provided in the solution to provide turbulent flow on the emulsion surface, whereby a stirring effect is improved; and a method wherein the circulating flow rate of the entire processing solution is increased.
- The processing method of the present invention is preferably carried out using an automatic processor. Conveying methods for an automatic processor are described in JP-A-60-191257, JP-A-60-191258 and JP-A-60-191259. It is desirable that cross-over time between processing baths in the automatic processor is short to carry out rapid processing with the processing composition of the present invention. An automatic processor wherein cross-over time is not longer than 10 seconds is described in JP-A-1-319038.
- When processing is continuously carried out according to the processing method of the present invention by using an automatic processor, the replenisher is preferably added in an amount depending on the amount of the photographic material processed to supplement the consumed ingredients in the processing solution and to inhibit the accumulation of undesirable components in the processing solution. The undesirable components are generally dissolved out from the photographic material. Each processing step may comprise two or more processing bath tanks. In this case, a countercurrent system wherein the replenisher is allowed to flow from the rear bath into the prebath is preferred. A cascade having 2 to 4 stages is preferred for the rinsing step and the stabilization step in particular.
- The amount of the replenisher is preferably reduced, so long as a change in the composition of each processing solution does not lower photographic performance or cause staining.
- The amount of replenisher of the color developing solution is from 100 to 1500 ml, preferably from 100 to 1000 ml per m2 of the photographic material in the case of a color photographic material for photographing. The amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 500 ml, preferably from 20 to 220 ml, more preferably from 30 to 200 ml, most preferably from 30 to 160 ml in the case of a color print material.
- The amount of the replenisher of the bleaching solution is from 10 to 500 ml, preferably from 10 to 160 ml per m2 of the photographic material in the case of a photographic material for photographing. The amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 150 ml in the case of a print material.
- The amount of the replenisher of the bleach-fixing solution is from 100 to 3000 ml, preferably from 200 to 1300 ml per m2 of a photographic material for photographing. The amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 200 ml in the case of a photographic print material. The replenishment of the bleach-fixing solution may be made by a single solution, or by dividing the solution into a bleaching composition and a fixing composition. If desired, the replenisher of the bleach-fixing solution may be provided by mixing overflow from the bleaching bath and/or the fixing bath.
- The amount of the replenisher of the fixing solution is from 300 to 3000 ml, preferably, from 300 to 1000 ml per m2 of the photographic material in the case of a photographic material for photographing. The amount of the replenisher is from 20 to 300 ml, preferably from 50 to 200 ml in the case of a photographic print material.
- The replenishment rate of rinsing water or the stabilizing solution per unit area is 1 to 50 times, preferably 2 to 30 times, more preferably 2 to 15 times the amount carried over from the prebath.
- In view of environmental concerns, the amount of the replenisher is further reduced by combining various regeneration methods. Regeneration may be carried out while the processing solution is circulated in the automatic processor. Alternatively, regeneration may be carried out in such a manner that after the processing solution used is removed from the processing tank, the solution is subjected to an appropriate regeneration treatment and the regenerated solution as a replenisher is again returned to the processing tank.
- The developing solution can be regenerated by an ion exchange treatment with an anion exchange resin, the removal of accumulated materials with electrodialysis treatment and/or the addition of a regenerant. The regeneration ratio is preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 70%. Commercially available anion exchange resins can be used, but an ion exchanger having high selectivity described in JP-A-63-11005 is preferred.
- The metal chelate bleaching agent in the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution is brought into a reduced state with the bleaching treatment. When the metal chelate in the reduced state is accumulated, bleaching performance is lowered. Furthermore, the dye of the dye image can be converted to a leuco dye to result in a lowering of the image density. Accordingly, it is desirable that the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution is continuously subjected to a regeneration treatment in during processing. For example, air can be blown into the bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution by means of an air pump to re-oxidize, i.e., aerate the metal chelate in the reduced state with oxygen. The bleaching solution and/or the bleach-fixing solution can be regenerated by adding an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide, persulfate or bromate.
- The regeneration of the fixing solution and the bleach-fixing solution can be achieved by electrolytically reducing accumulated silver ion. It is also preferred for retaining fixing performance that accumulated halogen ion be removed using an anion exchange resin.
- Ion exchange or ultrafiltration can be used to reduce the amount of rinsing water. Ultrafiltration is particularly preferred.
- Examples of the photographic materials which can be processed with the processing composition of the present invention include general-purpose black-and-white silver halide photographic materials (e.g., black-and-white photographic materials for photographing, X-ray black and white photographic materials, black-and-white photographic materials for printing), general-purpose multi-layer silver halide color photographic materials (e.g., color negative film, reversal color films, color positive films, movie color negative films, color photographic paper, reversal color photographic paper, direct positive color photographic paper), infrared light-sensitive photographic materials for laser scanner and diffusion transfer photographic materials (e.g., silver diffusion transfer photographic materials, color diffusion transfer photographic materials).
- The photographic materials for processing in accordance with the present invention may have various layer structures (e.g., red-sensitive, green-sensitive and blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion layers, undercoat layer, antihalation layer, filter layer, interlayer, surface protective layer) on one side or both sides of the support according to the intended purpose. The arrangement of the layers is not particularly limited.
- There are no particular limitations with regard to the support for the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention; coating methods; the types of silver halide (e.g., silver iodobromide, silver iodochlorobromide, silver bromide, silver chlorobromide, silver chloride) used in the silver halide emulsion layers and the surface protective layer, the shape of the grains (e.g., cube, tabular form, sphere), grain size, coefficient of variation, crystal structure (e.g., core/shell structure, polyphase structure, uniform phase structure), method for preparing the grains (e.g., single jet process, double jet process), binders (e.g., gelatin), hardening agents, anti-fogging agents, metal doping agents, solvents for silver halide, thickeners, emulsion precipitants, dimensional stabilizers, adhesion inhibitors, stabilizers, stain inhibitors, dye image stabilizers, anti-staining agents, chemical sensitizing agents, spectral sensitizing agents, sensitivity increasers, supersensitizing agents, nucleating agents, couplers (e.g., pivaloyl acetanilide type and benzoylacetanilide type yellow couplers, 5-pyrazolone type and pyrazoloazole type magenta couplers, phenol type and naphthol type cyan couplers, DIR couplers, bleaching accelerator-releasing type couplers, competitive couplers, colored couplers), coupler dispersion methods (e.g., oil-in-water dispersion methods using high-boiling solvents), plasticizers, antistatic agents, lubricants, coating aids, surfactants, brighteners, formalin scavengers, light scattering agents, matting agents, light absorbers, filter dyes, irradiation preventing dyes, development improvers, delustering agents, antiseptic agents (e.g., 2-phenoxyethanol), antifungal agents, etc. in the present invention. Those described in Product Licensing, Vol. 92, pp. 107-110 (December, 1971), Research Disclosure (hereinafter referred to as RD) No. 17643 (December, 1978), RD No. 18716 (November 1979), and RD No. 307105 (November, 1989) can be applied to the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention.
- The photographic material suited for the processing in accordance with the present invention may comprise a support having thereon at least one silver halide emulsion layer comprising a blue-sensitive layer, a green-sensitive layer and a red-sensitive layer. There is no particular limitation with regard to the number of layers of silver halide emulsion layers and light-insensitive layers and the order of the layers. A typical example of the photographic material is a silver halide photographic material comprising a support having thereon a light-sensitive layer comprising a plurality of silver halide emulsion layers having substantially the same color sensitivity and different light sensitivity. Such a light-sensitive layer is a unit light-sensitive layer having a color sensitivity to any one of blue light, green light and red light. In a multi- layer silver halide color photographic material, the unit light-sensitive layer is generally arranged in the order of a red-sensitive layer, a green-sensitive layer and then a blue-sensitive layer on the support. However, this arrangement may be in the reverse order to that described above according to the intended purpose. Furthermore, the arrangement may be such that a layer having a different color sensitivity is interposed between layers having the same color sensitivity.
- A light-insensitive layer such as an interlayer may be provided between the silver halide light-sensitive layers or as the uppermost layer and the lowermost layer.
- The interlayer may contain a coupler and DIR compound as described in JP-A-61-43748, JP-A-59-113438, JP-A-59-113440, JP-A-61-20037 and JP-A-61-20038 and may further contain conventional color mixing inhibitors, ultraviolet light absorbers and anti-staining agents.
- A plurality of silver halide emulsion layers which constitute each unit light-sensitive layer preferably have a two layer structure consisting of a high-snsitivity emulsion layer and a low-sensitivity emulsion layer as described in West German Patent 1,121,470 and U.K. Patent 923,045. Generally, it is preferred that the emulsion layers are arranged such that light sensitivity decreases in order toward the support. A light-insensitive layer may be provided between the silver halide emulsion layers. Alternatively, a low-sensitivity emulsion layer may be provided farther from the support than the high-sensitivity emulsion layer, and a high-sensitivity emulsion layer may be provided nearer the support as described in JP-A-57-112751, JP-A-62-200350, JP-A-62-206541 and JP-A-62-206543.
- For example, a low-sensitivity blue-sensitive layer (BL)/high-sensitivity blue-sensitive layer (BH)/high-sensitivity green-sensitive layer (GH)/low-sensitivity green-sensitive layer (GL)/high-sensitivity red-sensitive layer (RH)/low-sensitivity red-sensitive layer can be provided in this order from the side which is farthest away from the support. If desired, the layers can be arranged in order of BH/BUGUGH/RH/RL or BH/BUGH/GURURH.
- Furthermore, a blue-sensitive layer/GH/RH/GURL can be arranged in this order from the side which is farthest away from the support as described in JP-B-55-34932. A blue-sensitive layer/GURUGH/RH in this order can be arranged from the side which is farthest away from the support as described in JP-A-56-25738 and JP-A-62-63936.
- Furthermore, a three layer structure can be used comprising three layers having different light sensitivity. The light sensitivity is decreased in order toward the support. The upped layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having the highest light sensitivity, the intermediate layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having a lower light sensitivity than that of the upper layer, and the lower layer is a silver halide emulsion layer having a lower light sensitivity than that of the intermediate layer as described in JP-B-49-15495. Even when the emulsion layers have such a three layer structure, medium-sensitivity emulsion layer/high- sensitivity emulsion layer/low-sensitivity emulsion layer in this order may be arranged in the same color sensitivity layer from the side which is farther away from the support as described in JP-A-59-202464.
- Various layer structure and arrangements can be selected according to the intended purpose of the photographic material.
- Any of the above described layer arrangements can be used in the color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention. It is preferred for achieving the objects of the present invention that the dry thickness of the entire constituent layers of the color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is 20.0 nm or less excluding the support and the undercoat and back layer of the support. More preferably, the dry thickness is 18.0 u.m or less.
- In the preferred dry thickness, the formation of bleach fog caused by the remaining color developing agent in the photographic material and stain formed during the storage of the image after processing are inhibited.
- The layer thickness is desirably reduced to the extent that the performance of the photographic material is not deteriorated. The lower limit of the dry thickness of the entire constituent layers of the photographic material is 12.0 I.1.m excluding the support and the undercoat layer of the support. The lower limit of the entire dry thickness of a constituent layer provided between the undercoat layer of the support and the light-sensitive layer nearest the support is 1.0 µm.
- The reduction of the layer thickness may be accomplished by any of the light-sensitive layer and the light-insensitive layer.
- The layer thickness of a multi-layer color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is measured in the following manner.
- The photographic material to be measured is stored at 25 C and 50% RH for 7 days after the preparation thereof. The overall thickness of the photographic material is first measured. The coated layers on the support are removed and the thickness of the residue is again measured. A difference therebetween is the thickness of the entire coated layers excluding the support of the photographic material. The measurement of the thickness is made, for example, by using a layer thickness measuring device (Anritsu Electric Co., Ltd., K-402B Stand.) using a contact type piezoelectric transducing element. The coated layers on the support can be removed by using an aqueous solution of sodium hypochlorite.
- Subsequently, a photograph of the cross section of the photograph is taken (preferably at least 3,000X magnification) using a scanning type electron micrograph. The overall thickness of the layers on the support and the thickness of each layer are measured and compared with the measured value (the absolute value of actual measurement) of the overall thickness measured by using the above layer thickness measuring device, whereby the thickness of each layer is calculated.
- The swelling ratio [(equilibrium swelling layer thickness in H20 at 25° C - overall dry layer thickness at 25 C and 55% RH)/overall dry layer thickness at 25°C and 55% RH x 100] of the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention is preferably 50 to 200%, more preferably 70 to 150%. When the swelling ratio is outside the range described above, the amount of the color developing agent remaining after processing is increased and photographic performance, image quality (e.g., desilverization degree) and layer physical properties such as layer strength are adversely affected.
- The swelling rate T,12 of the photographic material of the present invention is preferably 15 seconds or shorter wherein the swelling rate Ti12 is defined by the time which has elapsed until the layer thickness reaches 1/2 of the saturated swelling layer thickness, 90% of the maximum swelling layer thickness in color developing solution (30 C, 3 minutes and 15 sec) being referred to as the saturated swelling layer thickness. More preferably, T½ is 9 seconds or less.
- The silver halide to be contained in the photographic emulsion layers of the color photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention may have any silver halide composition. Namely, any of silver chloride, silver bromide, silver chlorobromide, silver iodobromide, silver iodochloride and silver iodochlorobromide can be used.
- When color photographic materials for photographing and reversal color photographic materials (e.g., color negative films, reversal films, reversal color paper) are to be prepared, silver iodobromide, silver iodochloride or silver iodochlorobromide is preferred, each having a silver iodide content of 0.1 to 30 mol%. When direct positive color photographic materials are to be prepared, silver bromide or silver chlorobromide is preferred. When photographic materials for paper are to be prepared, silver chloride or silver chlorobromide is preferred.
- Silver halide grains in the photographic emulsions may have a regular crystal form such as a cube, octahedron or tetradecahedron, an irregular crystal form such as a sphere or tabular form, a crystal form having defect such as twin plane or a composite form thereof.
- With regard to grain size, silver halide grains may range from fine grains having a grain size of not larger than about 0.2 um to large-size grains having a grain size of about 10 u.m in terms of the diameter of a sphere having an area equal to the projected area of the grain. Any of a polydisperse emulsion and monodisperse emulsion can be used.
- Photographic silver halide emulsions for use in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention can be prepared, for example, by the methods described in Research Disclosure (RD), No. 17643 (December, 1978), pp. 22-23; ibid. No. 307105 (November, 1989), pp. 863-865, "I. Emulsion Preparation and Types"; ibid. No. 18716 (November, 1979) page 648; P. Glafkides, Chimie et Physique Photographique (Paul Montel, 1967), G.F. Duffin, Photographic Emulsion Chemistry (Focal Press, 1966) and V.L. Zelikman et al., Making and Coating Photographic Emulsion (Focal Press, 1964).
- Monodisperse emulsions described in U.S. Patents 3,574,628 and 3,655,394 and U.K. Patent 1,413,748 are preferred.
- Tabular grains having an aspect ratio of not lower than about 5 can be used in the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention The tabular grains can be easily prepared by methods described in Gutoff, Photographic Science and Engineering, Vol. 14, pp. 248-257 (1970), U.S. Patents 4,434,226, 4,414,310, 4,433,048 and 4,439,520 and U.K. Patent 2,112,157.
- The crystal structure may be uniform or constitute a phase structure where the interior of the grain is different in halogen composition from the surface layer thereof. Silver halide grains having different compositions may be joined by epitaxial growth. Grains may be joined to a compound such as silver rhodanine or lead oxide other than a silver halide.
- If desired, mixtures of grains having various crystal forms may be used.
- The silver halide emulsions are usually subjected to physical ripening, chemical ripening and spectral sensitization and used. Additives used in these stages are described in Research Disclosure No. 17643, ibid. No. 18716 and ibid. No. 307105 and indicated in the following Table.
-
- Various color couplers can be used in the photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention. Useful examples of the color couplers are described in the patent specifications cited in the aforesaid RD No. 17643, VII-CNG and ibid. No. 307105, VII-C~G and JP-A-62-215272.
- Preferred examples of yellow couplers include those described in U.S. Patents 3,933,501, 4,022,620, 4,326,024, 4,401,752 and 4,248,961, JP-B-58-10739, U.K. Patents 1,425,020 and 1,476,760, U.S. Patents 3,973,968, 4,314,023 and 4,511,649 and European Patent 249,473A.
- Preferred examples of magenta couplers include 5-pyrazolone compounds and pyrazoloazole compounds. Magenta couplers described in European Patent 73,636, U.S. Patents 4,310,619, 4,351,897, 3,061,432, 3,725,064, 4,500,630, 4,540,654 and 4,556,630, Research Disclosure (RD) No. 24220 (June, 1984), RD No. 24230 (June, 1984), JP-A-60-33552, JP-A-60-43659, JP-A-61-72238, JP-A-60-35730, JP-A-55-118034, JP-A-60-185951 and WO(PCT) 88/04795 are particularly preferred. The present invention is particularly effective in solving the problem of bleach fog and stain caused by pyrazoloazole couplers.
- Examples of useful cyan couplers include phenol couplers and naphthol couplers. Cyan couplers described in U.S. Patents 4,052,212, 4,146,396, 4,228,233, 4,296,200, 2,369,939, 2,801,171, 2,772,162, 2,895,826, 3,772,002, 3,758,308, 4,334,011 and 4,327,173, West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 3,329,729, European Patents 121,365A and 249,453A, U.S. Patents 3,446,622, 4,333,999, 4,753,871, 4,451,559, 4,427,767, 4,690,889, 4,254,212 and 4,296,199 and JP-A-61-42658 are preferred.
- Preferred examples of colored couplers for correcting unnecessary absorption of developed dyes include those described in Research Disclosure (RD) No. 17643, item VII-G, U.S. Patent 4,163,670, JP-B-57-39413, U.S. Patents 4,004,929 and 4,138,258 and U.K. Patent 1,146,368. It is preferred to use couplers for correcting unnecessary absorption of developed dyes by fluorescent dyes released during coupling as described in U.S. Patent 4,774,181 and couplers having, as an eliminable group, a dye precursor group which reacts with a developing agent to form a dye as described in U.S. Patent 4,777,120.
- Preferred examples of couplers which provide a developed dye having a proper diffusibility include those described in U.S. Patent 4,366,237, U.K. Patent 2,125,570, European Patent 96,570 and West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 3,234,533.
- Typical examples of dye forming polymer couplers include those described in U.S. Patents 3,451,820, 4,080,211, 4,367,282, 4,409,320 and 4,576,910 and U.K. Patent 2,102,179.
- Couplers which release a photographically useful residue upon coupling are preferably used in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention. Preferred examples of DIR couplers which release a development restrainer include those described in the patent specifications cited in Research Disclosure (RD) No. 17643, item VII-F, JP-A-57-151944, JP-A-57-154234, JP-A-60-184248, JP-A-63-37346, U.S. Patents 4,248,962 and 4,782,012.
- Preferred examples of couplers which imagewise release a nucleating agent or a development accelerator include those described in U.K. Patents 2,097,140 and 2,131,188, JP-A-59-157638 and JP-A-59-170840.
- Examples of other couplers which can be used in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention include competitive couplers described in U.S. Patent 4,130,427; polyequivalent type couplers described in U.S. Patents 4,283,472, 4,338,393 and 4,310,618; DIR redox compound-releasing couplers, DIR coupler-releasing couplers, DIR coupler-releasing redox compounds and DIR redox-releasing redox compounds described in JP-A-60-185950 and JP-A-62-24252; couplers which release a dye which restores its original color after elimination as described in European Patent 173,302A; bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers described in Research Disclosure (RD) No. 11449, ibid. No. 24241 and JP-A-61-201247; ligand releasing couplers described in U.S. Patent 4,553,477; leuco dye-releasing couplers described in JP-A-63-75747; and fluorescent dye-releasing couplers described in U.S. Patent 4,774,181.
- The couplers for use in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention can be introduced into the photographic material by various conventional dispersion methods.
- Examples of high-boiling solvents which are used for oil-in-water dispersion methods are described in U.S. Patent 2,322,027, etc. Useful examples of high-boiling organic solvents which have a boiling point of not lower than 175°C under atmospheric pressure and are used in the oil-in-water dispersion methods include phthalic esters (e.g., dibutyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, decyl phthalate, bis(2,4-di-t-amylphenyl) phthalate, bis(2,4-di-t-amylphenyl) isophthalate, bis(1,1-diethylpropyl)-phthalate, etc.); phosphoric esters and phosphonic esters (e.g., triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, 2-ethylhexyl diphenyl phosphate, tricyclohexyl phosphate, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate, tridodecyl phosphate, tributoxyethyl phosphate, trichloropropyl phosphate, di-2-ethylhexyl phenyl phosphate, etc.); benzoic esters (e.g., 2-ethylhexyl benzoate, dodecyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl p-hydroxybenzoate, etc.); amides (e.g., N,N-diethyldodecaneamide, N,N-diethylaurylamide, N-tetradecylpyrrolidone, etc.); alcohols and phenols (e.g., isostearyl alcohol, 2,4-di-t-amylphenol, etc.); aliphatic carboxylic acid esters (e.g., bis(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate, dioctyl azelate, glycerol tributyrate, isostearyl lactate, trioctyl citrate, etc.); aniline derivatives (e.g., N,N-dibutyl-2-butoxy-5-t-octylaniline, etc.); and hydrocarbons (e.g., paraffin, dodecylbenzene, diisopropyl- naphthalene, etc.). Organic solvents having a boiling point of not lower than about 30 C, preferably not lower than 50 C, but not higher than about 160 C can be used as co-solvents. Typical examples of the co-solvents include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl propionate, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2- ethoxyethyl acetate and dimethylformamide.
- Examples of the stages and effects of latex dispersion methods and impregnating latexes are described in U.S. Patent 4,199,363 and West German Patent Application (OLS) Nos. 2,541,274 and 2,541,230.
- The couplers are impregnated with loadable latex polymer (e.g., described in U.S. Patent 4,203,716) in the presence or absence of the above noted high-boiling organic solvent or dissolved in a water-insoluble, organic solvent-soluble polymer to be dispersed in an aqueous solution of a hydrophilic colloid.
- Preferably, the homopolymers or copolymers described in WO(PCT) 88/00723 (pages 12-30) are used. Acrylamide polymers are particularly preferred for stabilization of the dye image.
- The photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention may contain a developing agent. Examples of the developing agent which can be contained in the photographic material are described in RD No. 17643 (Developing Agents of page 29). Hydroquinones and pyrazolidones are particularly preferred.
- Examples of supports for use in a photographic material for processing in accordance with the present invention are described in RD No. 17643 (page 28) and ibid. No. 18716 (page 647 right column to page 648 left column).
- The present invention is now illustrated in greater detail by reference to the following examples which, however, are not to be construed as limiting the invention in any way.
- An undercoated cellulose triacetate film support was coated with the following layers having the following compositions to prepare a multi-layer color photographic material s sample 101.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The thus prepared sample was cut to form pieces having a width of 35 mm, exposed to white light (color temperature of light source: 4800 K) through a wedge and processed in the following processing steps by using a processing machine for motion picture film (FP-350, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.). The sample selected for evaluation of performance was only processed until after the accumulated replenishment of the color developing solution reached three times the tank capacity of the mother solution.
- The bleaching solution was aerated at a rate of 200 ml/min through a pipe having many pores of 0.2 mmφ provided at the bottom of the bleaching solution tank. Processing was carried out while carrying out the aeration under the above conditions.
-
- The amount of the developing solution carried into the bleaching step and the amount of the fixing solution carried into the rinsing step were 2.5 ml and 2.0 ml, respectively, each amount being per 35 mm wide by 1 m long strip of the photographic material .
- Cross-over time was 5 seconds from both color development to bleaching and from bleaching to fixing. The time was included in the processing time of the previous step.
- Each processing solution had the following composition.
-
-
- The term "chelate compound" as used herein refers to organic acids capable of forming iron(III) ammonium salts of organic acids used as bleaching agents.
-
- The mother solution and the replenisher were the same.
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with an H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type strongly acidic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not more than 3 mg/L Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/ℓ) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/1) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
-
- The amount of residual silver in the maximum developed color density part of each photographic material processed as described above was measured by X-ray fluorometry. The results are shown in Table 1-1.
- Furthermore, the density of the thus processed sample was measured, and the Dmin value measured with green light (G light) was read from the characteristic curve.
- Processing was carried out in the same manner as described above except that the following processing solution was used as a standard bleaching solution which caused no bleach fog. The bleaching time was 390 seconds, the processing temperature was 38°C and the replenishment rate was 25 ml per 35 mm wide by 1 m long strip of the sample.
-
- The density of the processed sample obtained by using the above standard bleaching solution was measured in the same manner as described above, and the Dmin value was also read from the characteristic curve.
- The Dmin value obtained by using the above standard bleaching solution is referred to as the standard. A difference ADmin between the samples was determined from the Dmin values obtained from the standard. The Dmin value obtained by using the standard bleaching solution was 0.60.
- Bleach fog (ADmin) = (Dmin of each sample) - (Dmin of standard bleaching solution)
- The results are shown in Table 1-1.
- The above samples were stored under the following conditions, and an increase in stain during the storage of the samples after processing was determined from a density change in Dmin of the undeveloped part before and after storage. Dark moist heat conditions: 60 C, 70% RH, 4 weeks
- Increase in stain (AD) = (Dmin after storage) - (Dmin before storage)
-
- Comparative Compound A
- Comparative Compound B
- Comparative Compound C
- Comparative Compound D-
- It is clearly seen from the results of Table 1-1 that the compounds of the present invention reduce the amount of residual silver in comparison with the comparative compounds and at the same time, the compounds of the present invention have an excellent effect of improving properties with regard to bleach fog and stain upon storage of dye image after processing.
- The sample 311 described in JP-A-2-28637 (a silver iodobromide type multilayer color photographic material for photography) was processed in the following steps.
-
- The rinse step was a countercurrent system of from (2) to (1). All overflow of the bleaching solution was introduced into the bleach-fixing bath.
- All overflow of rinse (1) was allowed to overflow into the fixing bath, and all overflow of the fixing bath was allowed to overflow into the bleach-fixing bath.
- The amount of fixing solution carried into the rinsing step in the above processing was 2 ml per 35 mm wide by 1 mm long strip of the photographic material.
-
-
-
- A mixture of bleaching solution: fixing solution:
- rinsing solution = 5:16:30 (by volume)
- The same rinsing solution as that of Example 1-1.
-
- The density of the processed sample was measured, and the Dmin value measured with green light was read from the characteristic curve.
- The sample 311 described in JP-A-2-28637 was processed with the standard bleaching solution used in Example 1-1. In the same manner as in Example 1-1, bleach fog ADmin value was calculated on the basis of the Dmin value obtained on the standard bleaching solution. The Dmin value obtained by using the standard bleaching solution was 0.57. The results are shown in Table 1-2.
- The above processed sample was tested under the same conditions as in Example 1-1 to determine the increase in stain upon storage of the image after processing. Evaluation of stain was carried out. The results are shown in Table 1-2.
-
- The comparative compounds, A, B, C and D are the same compounds as those used in Example 1-1. It is clearly seen from the results of Table I-2 that the compounds of the present invention reduce the amount of residual silver and have an excellent effect of improving properties with regard to bleach fog and stain upon storage of the dye image after processing in comparison with the comparative compounds.
- Both sides of a paper support were laminated with polyethylene. The surface of the polyethylene-laminated paper support was treated with corona discharge and coated with a gelatin undercoat layer containing sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and then with the following photographic constituent layers to prepare a multi-layer color photographic paper having the following layer structure. Coating solutions were prepared in the following manner.
- 19.1 g of yellow coupler (ExY), 4.4 g of dye image stabilizer (Cpd-1) and 0.7 g of dye image stabilizer (Cpd-7) were dissolved in 27.2 cc of ethyl acetate, 4.1 g of solvent (Solv-3) and 4.1 g of solvent (Solv-7). The resulting solution was emulsified and dispersed in 185 cc of a 10 wt% aqueous gelatin solution containing 8 cc of 10 wt% sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate to prepare an emulsified dispersion A. Separately, a silver chlorobromide emulsion A (cubic, a 3:7 (by silver molar ratio) mixture of a larger-size emulsion A having an average grain size of 0.88 u.m and a smaller-size emulsion A having an average grain size of 0.70 nm, a coefficient of variation in grain size distribution: 0.08 and 0.10, respectively, 0.3 mol% of silver bromide being localized on a part of the surface of the grain in each emulsion) was prepared. The following blue-sensitive sensitizing dyes A and B were added to the emulsion in such an amount that 2.Ox10-4 mol of each of the dyes A and B was added to the larger-size emulsion A and 2.5x10-4 mol of each of the dyes A and B was added to the smaller-size emulsion A, each amount being per mol of silver. The chemical ripening of the emulsion was carried out by adding a sulfur sensitizing agent and a gold sensitizing agent. The above emulsified dispersion A and the silver chlorobromide emulsion A were mixed and dissolved. A coating solution for the first layer was prepared to provide the following composition.
- Coating solutions for the second layer through the seventh layer were prepared in the same manner as the coating solution for the first layer. Sodium salt of 1-oxy-3,5-dichloro-s-triazine was used as the hardening agent for gelatin in each layer.
- Cpd-10 and Cpd-11 were added to each layer in an amount of 25.0 mg/m2 and 50.0 mg/m2 in total, respectively.
- The following spectral sensitizing dyes were used in the silver chlorobromide emulsion for the following light-sensitive emulsion layers.
-
-
-
- (4.0×10-4 mol being added to the larger-size emulsion B and 5.6×10-4 mol being added to the smaller-size emulsion B, each amount being per mol of silver halide) and
-
- (7.0×10-5 mol being added to the larger-size emulsion B and 1.0×10-5 mol being added to the smaller-size emulsion B, each amount being per mol of silver halide).
-
- (0.9×10-4 mol being added to the larger-size emulsion C and 1.1 x 10-4 mol being added to the smaller-size emulsion C, each amount being per mol of silver halide).
- 2.6x10-3 mol of the following compound per mol of silver halide was added to the red-sensitive emulsion layer.
-
- 8.5×10-5 mol, 7.7×10-4 mol and 2.5×10-4 mol of 1-(5-methylureidophenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole were added to the blue-sensitive emulsion layer, the green-sensitive emulsion layer and the red-sensitive emulsion layer, respectively, each amount being per mol of silver halide.
- 1×10-4 mol and 2×10-4 mol of 4-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,3,3a,7-tetraazaindene were added to the blue-sensitive emulsion layer and the green-sensitive emulsion layer, respectively, each amount being per mol of silver halide.
-
- Each layer had the following composition. Numerals represent coating weight (g/m2). The amounts of silver halide emulsions are represented by coating weight in terms of silver.
- Polyethylene-laminated paper
- [Polyethylene on the first layer contains white pigment (Ti02) and bluish dye (ultramarine)]
- First Layer: Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following processing solutions were prepared. Each processing solution had the following composition.
-
-
- lon-exchanged water (the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion being not higher than 3 ppm)
-
- Furthermore, samples were uniformly exposed so as to provide a gray density of 1.5, and the exposed samples were processed in the same manner as described above. The amount of silver remaining in the maximum density part of these samples was determined by X-ray fluorometry. The results are shown in Table 1-3.
- It is clearly seen from the above results that when the compounds of the present invention are used, the amount of residual silver is reduced in comparison with the comparative compound A.
- The same photographic material as that of Example 1-1 was exposed to white light (color temperature of 4800° K) through a wedge and processed in the following processing steps.
-
-
-
-
- Processing was carried out until the accumulated replenishment rate reached twice the tank capacity of the mother solution. At this point, the processing was evaluated.
-
- Comparative Compound A
- Comparative Compound B
- Comparative Compound C
- Comparative Compound D-
- It is clearly seen from Table 1-4 that the bleaching solutions containing the compounds of the present invention as bleaching agents provide superior desilverization, prevention of bleach fog and stain after processing as compared to the comparative bleaching solution.
- An undercoated cellulose triacetate film support was coated with the following layers having the following compositions to prepare a multi-layer color photographic material as sample 501.
- The amounts of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by coating weight in g/m2 in terms of silver. The amounts of couplers, additives and gelatin are represented by coating weight in g/m2. The amounts of sensitizing dyes are represented by moles per one mole of silver halide in the same layer.
- First Layer: Antihalation Layer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- To this sample were added 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (about 200 ppm), n-butyl p-hydroxybenzoate (about 1,000 ppm) and 2-phenoxyethanol (about 10,000 ppm), each amount being based on the amount of gelatin. Furthermore, B-4, B-5, W-2, W-3, F-1, F-2, F-3, F-4, F-5, F-6, F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10, F-11, F-12, and F-13 were contained in hydrophilic colloid layers, and iron salt, lead salt, gold salt, platinum salt, iridium salt and rhodium salt were contained in silver halide emulsion layers.
-
- The photographic material thus prepared was exposed through an optical wedge and processed in the following steps. To evaluate rapid processing properties after the bleaching step, the rack of the automatic processor was replaced with a shortened rack such shorter processing times could be selected.
- In the processing (1), the time of each of the bleaching, bleach-fixing and fixing was 50 seconds. In the processing (2), the time of each of the bleaching and bleach-fixing was shortened to 20 seconds, and the time of fixing was shortened to 30 seconds.
-
- Rinse was a countercurrent system of from (2) to (1), and all of the overflow of the rinsing water was introduced into the fixing bath. Replenishment to the bleach-fixing bath was carried out in the following manner. The upper part of the bleaching tank in the automatic processor was connected with the bottom of the bleach-fixing tank by means of a pipe, and the upper part of the fixing tank was connected with the bottom of the bleach-fixing tank by means of a pipe such that all of the overflow produced by the supply of replenisher to the bleaching tank and the fixing tank was allowed to flow into the bleach-fixing bath. The amount of the developing solution carried into the bleaching step, the amount of the bleaching solution carried into the fixing step and the amount of the fixing solution carried into the rinsing step were 2.5 ml, 2.0 ml and 2.0 ml, respectively, each amount being per 35 mm wide by 1 mm long strip of the photographic material. Cross-over time was 5 seconds in each case. The cross-over time was included in the processing time of the previous step.
- The processing was started by using the following mother solution having the following composition. While the wash processing step was replenished with a replenisher in an amount corresponding to the processed amount of the photographic material, the processing was continuously carried out until the accumulated replenishment rate reached three times the tank capacity.
- Each processing solution had the following composition.
-
-
- A mixed solution of the above-described mother solution of the bleaching solution and the following mother solution of the fixing solution of 15:85 (by volume).
-
- Mother solution and replenisher had the same composition.
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and OH type strongly basic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not higher than 3 mg/t. Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/ℓ) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/ℓ) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.7 to 7.5.
-
- The processed sample was tested under the same conditions as those of Example 1-1 to evaluate an increase in stain during the storage of image. The results are shown in Table 1-5.
-
- It is clearly seen that when the compounds of the present invention are used, the amount of residual silver is reduced and the degree of increase in stain upon storage is low in comparison with the comparative compounds.
- The same photographic material as that of Example I-3 was prepared, and the following processing solutions were prepared.
-
-
- The photographic material was uniformly exposed to provide a gray density of 2.2, and the exposed material was processed in the following manner to determine the amount of residual silver after processing. The amount of residual silver of the sample was determined by X-ray fluorometry.
- The sample was subjected to gradation exposure through a wedge and processed in the same manner as described above to examine an increase in stain upon storage after processing. The processed sample was stored at 80 C and 70% RH for one week, and an increase in stain before and after storage was evaluated.
- The processing was carried out in the following steps by using the above-described processing solutions. The processing was started by introducing each tank solution into each processing tank and continuously carried out while adding each replenisher in an amount corresponding to the amount of sample processed in each tank.
-
-
- It is clearly seen from Table 1-6 that the bleaching agents of the present invention are superior in properties with regard to desilverization as well as stain upon storage after processing as compared to the bleaching agents of the Comparative Examples. The effect of the present invention is particularly remarkable wherein the bleach-fixing time is shortened. Namely, even when the bleach-fixing time is reduced by 1/2 or less, the amount of residual silver is small and staining upon storage is superior before and after running. In Comparative Example 2 wherein comparative compound B is used, there is little residual silver when processing is carried out immediately after the preparation of the processing solution, but the desilverization property is greatly reduced and precipitates are formed as the running proceeds.
- Fuji color SUPER HG400 (the manufacturer's serial number 311130) and Fuji color REALA (the manufacturer's serial number 861016) were processed by processing Nos. 201 to 211 of Example 1-2, similar effects to those of Example 1-2 were obtained.
- It is clearly seen from the above disclosures that when the compositions having a bleaching ability according to the present invention are used, rapid processing is achieved with the formation of bleach fog, staining substantially does not form upon storage after processing, and a high degree of desilverization is achieved.
- The same photographic material as that of Example 1-3 was prepared, and the following processing solutions were prepared. Each processing solution had the following composition.
-
- The above developing solution is referred to as sample 1101. Samples 1102 to 1112 were prepared by adding the compounds of formula (I) of the present invention and comparative compounds in the amounts indicated in Table 11-1 below.
-
-
- lon-exchanged water (the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion being not higher than 3 ppm).
- 5 ppm of ferric ion and 150 ppm of calcium ion were added to each of the above color developing solutions, and each solution was stored in a beaker having an opening ratio of 0.10 cm-1 at 38° C for 20 days.
- The above-described photographic material was subjected to gradation exposure through three-color separation filter for sensitometry by using a sensitometer (FWH type, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.). Exposure time was 0.1 second and exposure was conducted to provide an exposure amount of 250 CMS.
-
- The sample was processed with each of the fresh color developing solution (the fresh solution) and the stored color developing solution (the stored solution). The minimum density (Dmin) of the yellow and the sensitivity of the magenta (logarithmic value log E of an exposure amount giving a density of 0.5) images were measured. The increase (ADmin) in the minimum density of the yellow image and the change (AS) in the sensitivity of magenta image were measured. Furthermore, the residual amount of the developing agent in the stored solution was determined by means of high speed liquid chromatography to determine whether a precipitate was formed in the developing solution with the passage of time. The results are shown in Table 11-1.
- It is clearly seen that the processing in accordance with the present invention results in small ADmin and AS values such that variation in photographic characteristics is minimal.
- With regard to the residual amount of the developing agent, the developing agent remains unchanged in an amount sufficient to exhibit effective performance when the compounds of formula (I) of the present invention is used.
- Furthermore, the formation of precipitates is greatly reduced in comparison with Comparative Examples.
- Conventional compounds effective for preventing the formation of precipitates are poor in the preservability of the developing agents, while conventional compounds which do not decompose the developing agent are not effective for preventing the formation of a precipitate.
-
- G that no precipitate was formed.
- B indicates the formation of a precipitates (a multiple number of B's indicates the formation of a larger amount of precipitate).
- An undercoated cellulose triacetate film support was coated with the following layers having the following compositions to prepare a multi-layer color photographic material as a sample.
- Each layer had the following composition. Numerals represent coating weight (g/m2). The amounts of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by coating weight (g/m2) in terms of silver. The amounts of sensitizing dyes are represented by moles per one mole of silver halide in the same layer.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following processing solutions were prepared.
-
-
-
- Tap water was passed through a mixed bed column packed with H type strongly acidic cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B, a product of Rohm & Haas Co.) and OH type strongly basic anion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400) to reduce the concentration of each of calcium ion and magnesium ion to not higher than 3 mg/L Subsequently, sodium dichloroisocyanurate (20 mg/ℓ) and sodium sulfate (150 mg/ℓ) were added thereto. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
-
- 5 ppm of ferric ion and 150 ppm of calcium ion were added to each of the above color developing solutions to prepare samples 1201 to 1207. Each solution was stored in a circulation type solution-storing testing machine having an opening ratio of 0.11 cm-1 at 38°C for 30 days.
- The sample prepared above was cut to from pieces of 33 mm in width and exposed to white light (color temperature of light source: 4800° K) through a wedge.
-
- A lowering in density (ADmax) of the G (green) density resulting from the use of the stored developing solution was determined on the basis of the maximum density obtained when the sample was processed with the fresh color developing solution (fresh solution). The residue ratios of the developing agents and hydroxylamine after storage were determined by analysis. Furthermore, the color developing solutions were visually examined for the formation of precipitates upon storage. The results are shown in Table 11-2.
- It is clearly seen from Table 11-2 that the remarkable effects of the present invention are obtained only by adding a compound of formula (I) of the present invention to the developing solution. When no chelate compound is added or a conventional chelate compound is added, precipitates are formed or the stability of the solution is unsatisfactory.
- Each of compounds 7, 8, 9 and 12 of formula (I) of the present invention in an amount of 3 g/ℓ was added to the fixing solution of Example II-2. Furthermore, ferric ion in an amount corresponding to the amount of ferric ion carried over from the bleaching solution of the prebath was added thereto to prepare sample solutions 1301 to 1304. These sample solutions were stored in a beaker having an opening ratio of 0.1 cm-1 at 38°C for 30 days, and the turbidity of the solutions was observed. The solution not containing a compound of formula (I) became greatly turbid. The fixing solutions containing a compound of formula (I) of the present invention remained clear and did not form a precipitate.
- The stabilizing solution of Example 11-2 was used as such for the purpose of comparison. Each of compounds 7, 8, 9 and 12 in an amount of 100 ml/ℓ was added thereto to prepare sample solutions 1401 to 1405. Processing was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11-2 by using these stabilizing solutions and the fresh solutions of Example 11-2. After processing, films were stored under wet heat conditions at 45 C and 70% RH for one week. An increase in stain of the magenta image (ADmin) was determined before and after storage.
-
-
- The above bleaching solution was used for the purpose of comparison. Each of the compounds 7 to 9 of the present invention was added thereto to prepare sample solutions 1501 to 1505.
- To examine bleaching performance, the same photographic material as that of Example 11-2 was used. The color developing solution used was the sample solution 1201 of Example II-2 and the fixing solution, the stabilizing solution and the rinsing solution were the same as those used in Example II-2.
- The following processing was carried out by using the sample solutions 1501 to 1505 (fresh solution) immediately after the preparation thereof and the sample solutions (stored solutions) which were stored at 40°C for 3 days. The amount of residual silver in the maximum density part was analyzed by X-ray fluorometry. At the same time, the amount of residual hydrogen peroxide was analyzed.
- It is clearly seen that the stability of the bleaching solution is improved by adding thereto a compound of formula (I) of the present invention, even when a bleaching solution containing hydrogen peroxide as the oxidizing agent is used.
- The sample 201 of Example 2 of JP-A-2-90151, the photographic material 9 of Example 3 of JP-A-2-93641 and the photographic material of Example 11-1 were used, and evaluation was made in the same manner as in Example 11-2. A similar effect was obtained.
- The sample 1 of Example 1 of JP-A-2-58041 was used, and disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate in the developing solution (A) thereof was replaced with an equal amount of compound 8 to prepare a developing solution (B). The developing solution was stored at 40 C for 4 days and then subjected to running processing. It was found that precipitation was reduced.
- The processing compositions of the present invention have the following excellent effects.
- (1) Ingredients in the processing solution are inhibited from being oxidized or decomposed by the action of metal ions, and the performance of the processing solution is maintained over a long period of time.
- (2) No precipitate is formed in the processing solution even when metal ions are accumulated therein. Accordingly, the staining of film, the clogging of filters in the automatic processors, etc. is prevented.
- (3) The image preservability of the processed photographic material is improved.
- While the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments thereof, it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP96103402A EP0720049B1 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-05-07 | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP11925090 | 1990-05-09 | ||
JP119250/90 | 1990-05-09 | ||
JP12858890A JPH0422948A (en) | 1990-05-18 | 1990-05-18 | Photographic processing composition and processing method |
JP128588/90 | 1990-05-18 | ||
JP17502690A JP2654714B2 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1990-07-02 | Processing composition and processing method for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JP175026/90 | 1990-07-02 |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP96103402A Division EP0720049B1 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-05-07 | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same |
EP96103402.2 Division-Into | 1991-05-07 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP0458131A1 true EP0458131A1 (en) | 1991-11-27 |
EP0458131B1 EP0458131B1 (en) | 1997-08-06 |
Family
ID=27313772
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP19910107440 Expired - Lifetime EP0458131B1 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-05-07 | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same |
EP96103402A Expired - Lifetime EP0720049B1 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-05-07 | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP96103402A Expired - Lifetime EP0720049B1 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-05-07 | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (2) | EP0458131B1 (en) |
DE (2) | DE69127130T2 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994024096A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 1994-10-27 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Hydroxamic acids and hydroxamic acid ethers and their use as complexing agents |
EP0461670B1 (en) * | 1990-06-15 | 1998-04-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Composition and process for the processing of silver halide color photographic material |
EP1991247A1 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2008-11-19 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US8178579B2 (en) | 2001-05-09 | 2012-05-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Dioxanes and uses thereof |
US8304451B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2012-11-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylase and tubulin deacetylase inhibitors |
US8329946B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2012-12-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8435780B2 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2013-05-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class II human histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8440716B2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2013-05-14 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Deacetylase inhibitors and uses thereof |
US8716344B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2014-05-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class- and isoform-specific HDAC inhibitors and uses thereof |
US8999289B2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2015-04-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Treatment of protein degradation disorders |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116943871B (en) * | 2023-05-17 | 2024-04-26 | 江西理工大学 | Efficient collector, preparation method thereof and application of efficient collector in fluorite flotation in high-calcium fluorite ore |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2059091A (en) * | 1979-09-08 | 1981-04-15 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Method of stabilizing colour photographic material and a colour photographic material |
JPS6347767A (en) * | 1986-08-15 | 1988-02-29 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
Family Cites Families (191)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BE470936A (en) | 1940-02-24 | |||
US2369939A (en) | 1942-10-26 | 1945-02-20 | John R Betts | Well construction |
US2494903A (en) | 1948-02-27 | 1950-01-17 | Tappan Stove Co | Electrical heating element for ovens |
BE490074A (en) | 1948-07-09 | |||
US2596926A (en) | 1949-12-16 | 1952-05-13 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | Preparation of azine dye images |
US2772162A (en) | 1954-11-03 | 1956-11-27 | Eastman Kodak Co | Diacylaminophenol couplers |
BE543745A (en) | 1954-12-20 | |||
US2895826A (en) | 1956-10-08 | 1959-07-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic color couplers containing fluoroalkylcarbonamido groups |
DE1070030B (en) | 1958-06-21 | 1959-11-26 | ||
BE604938A (en) | 1960-06-17 | |||
BE606193A (en) | 1960-07-16 | |||
BE623790A (en) | 1961-10-23 | |||
US3253919A (en) | 1962-06-12 | 1966-05-31 | Eastman Kodak Co | Sensitizers for photographic silver halide emulsions |
DE1570672C3 (en) | 1964-06-23 | 1975-02-06 | Gevaert Photo-Producten N.V., Mortsel, Antwerpen (Belgien) | Process for the preparation of silver halide color photographic emulsions |
DE1290812B (en) | 1965-06-11 | 1969-03-13 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Process for bleach-fixing silver photographic images |
DE1547740A1 (en) | 1965-10-21 | 1969-12-04 | Eastman Kodak Co | Process for the preparation of silver halide emulsions with silver halide crystals of regular cubic shape |
US3426010A (en) | 1965-12-01 | 1969-02-04 | Du Pont | Thiazole-pyrazolone azo yellow dyes |
US3446622A (en) | 1966-01-11 | 1969-05-27 | Ferrania Spa | Process for the preparation of color images using 2 - ureido phenolic couplers |
DE1643988C3 (en) | 1966-07-25 | 1978-04-06 | Fuji Shashin Film K.K., Ashigara, Kanagawa (Japan) | Use of a masking cyan coupler for producing masked color images in color photographic silver halide emulsions |
US3532501A (en) | 1967-02-10 | 1970-10-06 | Gaf Corp | Water-soluble acid esters of polyoxyalkylenated pentaerythritol in silver halide emulsions |
US3574628A (en) | 1968-01-29 | 1971-04-13 | Eastman Kodak Co | Novel monodispersed silver halide emulsions and processes for preparing same |
US3582346A (en) | 1968-07-18 | 1971-06-01 | Gaf Corp | Photographic silver halide emulsion stabilized with ethylene-diurea |
JPS4915495B1 (en) | 1969-04-17 | 1974-04-15 | ||
JPS4830496B1 (en) | 1969-10-17 | 1973-09-20 | ||
US3706561A (en) | 1970-03-23 | 1972-12-19 | Eastman Kodak Co | Compositions for making blixes |
DE2015403A1 (en) | 1970-04-01 | 1971-10-21 | Agfa-Gevaert Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | Photographic color developers |
US3725064A (en) | 1970-05-07 | 1973-04-03 | Gaf Corp | Photosensitive propargyl polymer composition and method of using |
US3758308A (en) | 1971-02-18 | 1973-09-11 | Eastman Kodak Co | Silver halide emulsion containing para fluoro phenols |
JPS5110783B2 (en) | 1971-04-26 | 1976-04-06 | ||
US3772002A (en) | 1971-10-14 | 1973-11-13 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Phenolic couplers |
GB1425020A (en) | 1971-12-17 | 1976-02-18 | Konishiroku Photo Ind | Photographic yellow coupler |
JPS4883820A (en) | 1972-02-07 | 1973-11-08 | ||
BE795745A (en) | 1972-02-21 | 1973-08-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | PROCESS FOR PREPARING A PHOTOGRAPHIC EMULSION WITH HOMODISPERSE SILVER HALOGENIDES |
US3818247A (en) | 1972-04-03 | 1974-06-18 | Robertshaw Controls Co | Two-lead electrical control apparatus |
DE2227639A1 (en) | 1972-06-07 | 1974-01-03 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Hydroxyalkylidene diphosphonic acids - sequestering agents in alkaline colour photography developers |
US3893858A (en) | 1973-03-26 | 1975-07-08 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic bleach accelerators |
JPS541175B2 (en) | 1973-04-21 | 1979-01-22 | ||
CA1013192A (en) | 1973-04-27 | 1977-07-05 | Vernon L. Bissonette | Accelerator for photographic color development |
DE2329587C2 (en) | 1973-06-09 | 1984-06-20 | Agfa-Gevaert Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | Color photographic recording material |
US3933501A (en) | 1973-11-28 | 1976-01-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic elements containing color-forming couplers having and inhibiting effect upon the reactivity of competing couplers |
JPS5437822B2 (en) | 1974-02-08 | 1979-11-17 | ||
US4004929A (en) | 1974-03-04 | 1977-01-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Color corrected photographic elements |
JPS51102636A (en) | 1974-04-03 | 1976-09-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Karaashashingazo no keiseihoho |
JPS5331777B2 (en) | 1974-04-15 | 1978-09-05 | ||
GB1500497A (en) | 1974-07-09 | 1978-02-08 | Kodak Ltd | Photographic silver halide multilayer colour materials |
US4138258A (en) | 1974-08-28 | 1979-02-06 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Multi-layered color photographic materials |
CA1079432A (en) | 1974-09-17 | 1980-06-10 | Tsang J. Chen | Uniform, efficient distribution of hydrophobic materials through hydrophilic colloid layers, and products useful therefor |
GB1504949A (en) | 1974-09-17 | 1978-03-22 | Eastman Kodak Co | Aqueous polymer latexes containing hydrophobic materials |
BE833512A (en) | 1974-09-17 | 1976-03-17 | NEW COMPOSITION OF LATEX LOADED WITH A HYDROPHOBIC COMPOUND, ITS PREPARATION AND ITS PHOTOGRAPHIC APPLICATION | |
JPS5225633A (en) | 1975-08-22 | 1977-02-25 | Oriental Shashin Kogyo Kk | Processing agent for silver halide color photographic light sensitive material |
JPS5242121A (en) | 1975-09-30 | 1977-04-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic light sensitive material |
JPS5243429A (en) | 1975-10-02 | 1977-04-05 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd | Method for treating photographic light sensitive material for lithogra phy |
JPS5249829A (en) | 1975-10-18 | 1977-04-21 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Processing of silver halide color photographic light sensitive materia l |
JPS5943736B2 (en) | 1976-01-26 | 1984-10-24 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Method of forming color photographic images |
JPS5342730A (en) | 1976-09-29 | 1978-04-18 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic processing method |
GB1579722A (en) | 1976-06-09 | 1980-11-26 | Agfa Gavaert | Two equivalent colour coupler for yellow |
US4203716A (en) | 1976-11-24 | 1980-05-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic elements having hydrophilic colloid layers containing hydrophobic addenda uniformly loaded in latex polymer particles |
CH628161A5 (en) | 1976-12-24 | 1982-02-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL. |
JPS5395630A (en) | 1977-02-01 | 1978-08-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photograph processing method |
JPS543582A (en) | 1977-06-10 | 1979-01-11 | Hitachi Ltd | Double modulating photometric device |
JPS5848892B2 (en) | 1977-08-03 | 1983-10-31 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Preservation method for hydrophilic colloids for silver halide photographic materials |
JPS5448237A (en) | 1977-09-22 | 1979-04-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Cyan coupler for photography |
US4248962A (en) | 1977-12-23 | 1981-02-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic emulsions, elements and processes utilizing release compounds |
DE2802016C2 (en) | 1978-01-18 | 1985-05-09 | Du Pont de Nemours (Deutschland) GmbH, 4000 Düsseldorf | Lith type photographic material |
JPS5930261B2 (en) | 1978-08-29 | 1984-07-26 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide photographic material |
JPS55118034A (en) | 1979-03-05 | 1980-09-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color image forming method |
JPS55126241A (en) | 1979-03-20 | 1980-09-29 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Developing solution for silver halide color photographic material |
JPS5926016B2 (en) | 1979-05-31 | 1984-06-23 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | yellow coupler |
JPS5810739B2 (en) | 1979-06-06 | 1983-02-26 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide color photographic material |
JPS5930263B2 (en) | 1979-06-19 | 1984-07-26 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide photographic material |
JPS5625738A (en) | 1979-08-07 | 1981-03-12 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Multilayered color photosensitive material |
JPS5930264B2 (en) | 1979-08-13 | 1984-07-26 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide photographic material |
US4333999A (en) | 1979-10-15 | 1982-06-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Cyan dye-forming couplers |
JPS6038695B2 (en) | 1979-12-05 | 1985-09-02 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Color photographic material |
US4252892A (en) | 1979-12-10 | 1981-02-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic color developer compositions |
JPS5697347A (en) | 1980-01-07 | 1981-08-06 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic processing method |
JPS56104333A (en) | 1980-01-23 | 1981-08-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive material |
US4338393A (en) | 1980-02-26 | 1982-07-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heterocyclic magenta dye-forming couplers |
US4283472A (en) | 1980-02-26 | 1981-08-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver halide elements containing blocked pyrazolone magenta dye-forming couplers |
JPS6047576B2 (en) | 1980-05-07 | 1985-10-22 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide photographic material |
US4310618A (en) | 1980-05-30 | 1982-01-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver halide photographic material and process utilizing blocked dye-forming couplers |
JPS578542A (en) | 1980-06-18 | 1982-01-16 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Processing method for photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS5912169B2 (en) | 1980-07-04 | 1984-03-21 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPS5744148A (en) | 1980-07-31 | 1982-03-12 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Processing method for color photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS5735858A (en) | 1980-08-12 | 1982-02-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive material |
JPS5753749A (en) | 1980-09-17 | 1982-03-30 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Processing method for color photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS5794752A (en) | 1980-12-05 | 1982-06-12 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS57112751A (en) | 1980-12-29 | 1982-07-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Multilayered photosnsitive color reversal material |
JPS57150845A (en) | 1981-03-13 | 1982-09-17 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photographic material |
JPS57151944A (en) | 1981-03-16 | 1982-09-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photosensitive silver halide material |
JPS57154234A (en) | 1981-03-19 | 1982-09-24 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Phtotographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS57157244A (en) | 1981-03-24 | 1982-09-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Processing solution for photographic sensitive material |
JPS5828745A (en) | 1981-05-08 | 1983-02-19 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic material |
DE3279924D1 (en) | 1981-06-11 | 1989-10-12 | Konishiroku Photo Ind | Silver halide photosensitive materials for color photography |
US4414544A (en) | 1981-06-12 | 1983-11-08 | Interstate Electronics Corp. | Constant data rate brightness control for an AC plasma panel |
DE3275761D1 (en) | 1981-08-25 | 1987-04-23 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic elements containing ballasted couplers |
US4414310A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1983-11-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Process for the preparation of high aspect ratio silver bromoiodide emulsions |
US4439520A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-03-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Sensitized high aspect ratio silver halide emulsions and photographic elements |
US4434226A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-02-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | High aspect ratio silver bromoiodide emulsions and processes for their preparation |
US4433048A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-02-21 | Eastman Kodak Company | Radiation-sensitive silver bromoiodide emulsions, photographic elements, and processes for their use |
US4401752A (en) | 1981-11-23 | 1983-08-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Aryloxy substituted photographic couplers and photographic elements and processes employing same |
JPS5898731A (en) | 1981-12-07 | 1983-06-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photosensitive material |
JPS58105145A (en) | 1981-12-17 | 1983-06-22 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide photosensitive material |
EP0093536B1 (en) | 1982-04-29 | 1986-10-08 | EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) | Stabilised photographic color developer compositions and processes |
JPS58205151A (en) | 1982-05-24 | 1983-11-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
DE3377814D1 (en) | 1982-06-05 | 1988-09-29 | Olympus Optical Co | An optical system focus-state detector |
US4463086A (en) | 1982-08-17 | 1984-07-31 | Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd. | Light-sensitive silver halide color photographic material |
JPS5950439A (en) | 1982-09-16 | 1984-03-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photosensitive material |
JPS59113440A (en) | 1982-12-20 | 1984-06-30 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Silver halide photosensitive material |
JPS59113438A (en) | 1982-12-18 | 1984-06-30 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Photosensitive silver halide material |
JPS59162548A (en) | 1983-02-15 | 1984-09-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Formation of magenta image |
JPS59170840A (en) | 1983-02-25 | 1984-09-27 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS59157638A (en) | 1983-02-25 | 1984-09-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPS59166956A (en) | 1983-03-14 | 1984-09-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPS59171956A (en) | 1983-03-18 | 1984-09-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Formation of color image |
JPS59180588A (en) | 1983-03-31 | 1984-10-13 | 東芝ライテック株式会社 | Quantity of light distribution corrector for display unit |
US4553477A (en) | 1983-04-13 | 1985-11-19 | A.M. Internation, Inc. | Ink fountain for duplicating machines |
JPS59202464A (en) | 1983-04-30 | 1984-11-16 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Photosensitive silver halide material |
JPS59214854A (en) | 1983-05-20 | 1984-12-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
US4576910A (en) | 1983-06-09 | 1986-03-18 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide color light-sensitive material containing magenta color image-forming polymer or copolymer coupler latex |
JPS602953A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1985-01-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive material |
JPS6033552A (en) | 1983-08-04 | 1985-02-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color image forming method |
JPS6035730A (en) | 1983-08-08 | 1985-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive silver halide material |
JPS6043659A (en) | 1983-08-19 | 1985-03-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Formation of color image |
JPS60185951A (en) | 1984-02-07 | 1985-09-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPS60185950A (en) | 1984-02-23 | 1985-09-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPS60184248A (en) | 1984-03-01 | 1985-09-19 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photosensitive material |
JPS60191259A (en) | 1984-03-13 | 1985-09-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Preventing mechanism of film zigzagging in developing device |
JPS60191257A (en) | 1984-03-13 | 1985-09-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Film carrying mechanism for developing device |
JPS60191258A (en) | 1984-03-13 | 1985-09-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Carrying mechanism of film leader for developing device |
DE3580785D1 (en) | 1984-05-10 | 1991-01-17 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT SENSITIVE SILVER HALOGENIDE MATERIAL. |
JPS6120038A (en) | 1984-07-09 | 1986-01-28 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH0614176B2 (en) | 1984-07-09 | 1994-02-23 | コニカ株式会社 | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPS6142658A (en) | 1984-08-03 | 1986-03-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPS6143748A (en) | 1984-08-08 | 1986-03-03 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPS61184541A (en) | 1984-08-27 | 1986-08-18 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPS6172238A (en) | 1984-09-14 | 1986-04-14 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Silver halide color photosensitive material |
CA1287765C (en) | 1985-02-28 | 1991-08-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Dye-forming photographic material and process comprising bleach accelerator releasing compound |
JPS6218346A (en) | 1985-07-17 | 1987-01-27 | Yanmar Diesel Engine Co Ltd | Sear suspension structure |
JPS6224252A (en) | 1985-07-24 | 1987-02-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH0610754B2 (en) | 1985-09-14 | 1994-02-09 | コニカ株式会社 | Multicolor photographic elements |
JP2534227B2 (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1996-09-11 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPS62215272A (en) | 1986-02-17 | 1987-09-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color image forming method |
JPS62200350A (en) | 1986-02-28 | 1987-09-04 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material having novel layer constitution |
JPH0623831B2 (en) | 1986-03-07 | 1994-03-30 | コニカ株式会社 | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material having a novel layer structure |
JPS62206543A (en) | 1986-03-07 | 1987-09-11 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material with novel layer structure |
GB8614213D0 (en) | 1986-06-11 | 1986-07-16 | Kodak Ltd | Photographic acetanilide couplers |
US4818672A (en) | 1986-06-13 | 1989-04-04 | Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd. | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material improved in cyan image characteristics |
JPH0658521B2 (en) | 1986-06-24 | 1994-08-03 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Color developer composition |
JPH0750322B2 (en) | 1986-06-25 | 1995-05-31 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | How to process silver halide color photographic light-sensitive materials |
JPS6311005A (en) | 1986-07-02 | 1988-01-18 | 株式会社東芝 | Gas blast breaker |
JPS6314640A (en) | 1986-07-04 | 1988-01-21 | 長岡 均 | Culture of mushroom(enokidake) |
DE3750631T2 (en) | 1986-07-10 | 1995-02-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER HALIDE MATERIAL. |
JPS6321647A (en) | 1986-07-16 | 1988-01-29 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic developing solution composition and method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH06105345B2 (en) | 1986-07-21 | 1994-12-21 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Color photographic developer composition and method for processing silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPS6327841A (en) | 1986-07-22 | 1988-02-05 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic developer composition and method for processing using the same |
JPS6330845A (en) | 1986-07-25 | 1988-02-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic developing solution composition and method for processing silver halide photographic sensitive material |
CA1324609C (en) | 1986-07-30 | 1993-11-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic element and process |
JPH07104577B2 (en) | 1986-08-08 | 1995-11-13 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPS6343140A (en) | 1986-08-08 | 1988-02-24 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH077197B2 (en) | 1986-08-08 | 1995-01-30 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPS6344655A (en) | 1986-08-13 | 1988-02-25 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic developer composition and method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPS6344656A (en) | 1986-08-13 | 1988-02-25 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH0658522B2 (en) | 1986-08-13 | 1994-08-03 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Color photographic processing composition |
JPS6353551A (en) | 1986-08-23 | 1988-03-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic developing composition and method for processing silver halide photographic sensitive material |
JPS6353549A (en) | 1986-08-25 | 1988-03-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH06100805B2 (en) | 1986-08-27 | 1994-12-12 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US4749641A (en) | 1986-09-15 | 1988-06-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | Imaging element containing dye masking coupler |
JPH06105346B2 (en) | 1986-11-07 | 1994-12-21 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
US4753871A (en) | 1986-12-12 | 1988-06-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | Cyan dye-forming couplers and photographic materials containing same |
US4853319A (en) | 1986-12-22 | 1989-08-01 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide element and process |
US4777120A (en) | 1987-05-18 | 1988-10-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic element and process comprising a masking coupler |
US4786583A (en) | 1987-06-22 | 1988-11-22 | Eastman Kodak Company | Stabilizing bath for use in photographic processing |
US4774181A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1988-09-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Imaging element containing fluorescent dye-releasing coupler compound |
US4782012A (en) | 1987-07-17 | 1988-11-01 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic material containing a novel dir-compound |
JPH0193740A (en) * | 1987-10-05 | 1989-04-12 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Processing method for silver halide color photosensitive material |
JPH07122735B2 (en) * | 1988-01-21 | 1995-12-25 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
JPH01213657A (en) | 1988-02-22 | 1989-08-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
US4859574A (en) | 1988-03-15 | 1989-08-22 | Eastman Kodak Company | Process for stabilizing photographic elements using a solution comprising a water-soluble N-methylol compound and a buffering agent |
US4885489A (en) | 1988-03-30 | 1989-12-05 | Honeywell Inc. | Permanent magnet motor with hysteresis drag cup coupling |
JPH0228637A (en) | 1988-04-11 | 1990-01-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photographic emulsion and silver halide photographic sensitive material using the same |
US4923782A (en) | 1988-06-03 | 1990-05-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic stabilizing bath containing hydrolyzed polymaleic anhydride |
JPH01319038A (en) | 1988-06-20 | 1989-12-25 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Automatic developing device for silver halide photography |
JPH0258041A (en) | 1988-08-23 | 1990-02-27 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photographic sensitive material |
JPH0290151A (en) | 1988-09-28 | 1990-03-29 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH0293641A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1990-04-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Silver halide photographic sensitive material |
JPH02153348A (en) | 1988-12-06 | 1990-06-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method of processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
JPH02153350A (en) | 1988-12-06 | 1990-06-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method of processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
TW209865B (en) | 1992-01-10 | 1993-07-21 | Bayer Ag | |
JP3716088B2 (en) | 1997-12-08 | 2005-11-16 | 京セラ株式会社 | Wiring board |
JP3387826B2 (en) | 1998-05-25 | 2003-03-17 | ホーチキ株式会社 | Aiming mechanism of the detector |
-
1991
- 1991-05-07 DE DE1991627130 patent/DE69127130T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1991-05-07 EP EP19910107440 patent/EP0458131B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1991-05-07 EP EP96103402A patent/EP0720049B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1991-05-07 DE DE1991631509 patent/DE69131509T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2059091A (en) * | 1979-09-08 | 1981-04-15 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Method of stabilizing colour photographic material and a colour photographic material |
JPS6347767A (en) * | 1986-08-15 | 1988-02-29 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
PATENT ABSTRACTS OF JAPAN vol. 13, no. 475 (P-P950)(3823) 27 October 1989, & JP-A-O1 187556 (FUJI PHOTO FILM CO.LTD.) 26 July 1989, * |
Cited By (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0461670B1 (en) * | 1990-06-15 | 1998-04-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Composition and process for the processing of silver halide color photographic material |
US5733342A (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 1998-03-31 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Hydroxamic acids and hydroxamic acid ethers, and the use thereof as complexing agents |
WO1994024096A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 1994-10-27 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Hydroxamic acids and hydroxamic acid ethers and their use as complexing agents |
US8329946B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2012-12-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8426592B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2013-04-23 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8399233B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2013-03-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8362084B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2013-01-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8329945B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2012-12-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8895284B2 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2014-11-25 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class II human histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8435780B2 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2013-05-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class II human histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US8178579B2 (en) | 2001-05-09 | 2012-05-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Dioxanes and uses thereof |
US8999289B2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2015-04-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Treatment of protein degradation disorders |
US10172905B1 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2019-01-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Treatment of protein degradation disorders |
US9572854B2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2017-02-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Treatment of protein degradation disorders |
US8754237B2 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2014-06-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
AU2007345292B2 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2013-10-31 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
EP1991247A1 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2008-11-19 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
EP1991247A4 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2011-05-11 | Harvard College | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US8222423B2 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2012-07-17 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US8304451B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2012-11-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylase and tubulin deacetylase inhibitors |
US8440716B2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2013-05-14 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Deacetylase inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9434686B2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2016-09-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Deacetylase inhibitors and uses thereof |
US8716344B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2014-05-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class- and isoform-specific HDAC inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9540317B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2017-01-10 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class- and isoform-specific HDAC inhibitors and uses thereof |
US10059657B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2018-08-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class-and isoform-specific HDAC inhibitors and uses thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0458131B1 (en) | 1997-08-06 |
DE69127130T2 (en) | 1997-12-11 |
EP0720049A3 (en) | 1997-02-26 |
DE69127130D1 (en) | 1997-09-11 |
EP0720049B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 |
DE69131509T2 (en) | 1999-11-25 |
DE69131509D1 (en) | 1999-09-09 |
EP0720049A2 (en) | 1996-07-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
USH953H (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
EP0519190B1 (en) | Processing solution for silver halide color photographic materials and method for processing the materials with the processing solution | |
EP0330043B1 (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
US5250401A (en) | Processing composition for silver halide color photographic material and processing process including that composition | |
US5100765A (en) | Method for processing a silver halide color photographic material | |
US5223379A (en) | Processing compositions for silver halide color photographic materials and method for processing the same materials | |
EP0458131B1 (en) | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same | |
US5296339A (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
EP0461670B1 (en) | Composition and process for the processing of silver halide color photographic material | |
US5093228A (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
US5215872A (en) | Method of processing a silver halide color photographic material | |
US5217855A (en) | Processing composition for silver halide color photographic material and processing method | |
US5348845A (en) | Color image-stabilization processing solution used for processing a silver halide color photographic material and a processing method using the same | |
US5011763A (en) | Method for processing a silver halide color photographic material | |
US5147765A (en) | Process comprising bleaching, bleach-fix and fixing silver halide color photographic material | |
US5352567A (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material using composition having a bleaching ability | |
US5064750A (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
JP2654714B2 (en) | Processing composition and processing method for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
US5118595A (en) | Method of processing silver halide color photographic material | |
US5256531A (en) | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same | |
JP2701175B2 (en) | Composition having bleaching ability for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material and processing method using the same | |
US5254444A (en) | Photographic processing composition and processing method using the same | |
US5178993A (en) | Method for processing silver halide color photographic material | |
US5002861A (en) | Method for processing a silver halide color photographic material | |
EP0450554B1 (en) | Process for processing a silver color photographic material |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): BE DE FR GB IT NL |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 19920114 |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 19950320 |
|
GRAG | Despatch of communication of intention to grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA |
|
GRAH | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA |
|
GRAH | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA |
|
GRAH | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA |
|
GRAA | (expected) grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: B1 Designated state(s): BE DE FR GB IT NL |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRE;WARNING: LAPSES OF ITALIAN PATENTS WITH EFFECTIVE DATE BEFORE 2007 MAY HAVE OCCURRED AT ANY TIME BEFORE 2007. THE CORRECT EFFECTIVE DATE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE ONE RECORDED.SCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 19970806 Ref country code: NL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 19970806 Ref country code: FR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 19970806 Ref country code: BE Effective date: 19970806 |
|
XX | Miscellaneous (additional remarks) |
Free format text: TEILANMELDUNG 96103402.2 EINGEREICHT AM 05/03/96. |
|
REF | Corresponds to: |
Ref document number: 69127130 Country of ref document: DE Date of ref document: 19970911 |
|
EN | Fr: translation not filed | ||
NLV1 | Nl: lapsed or annulled due to failure to fulfill the requirements of art. 29p and 29m of the patents act | ||
PLBE | No opposition filed within time limit |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT |
|
26N | No opposition filed | ||
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: IF02 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Payment date: 20040505 Year of fee payment: 14 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DE Payment date: 20040520 Year of fee payment: 14 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20050507 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20051201 |
|
GBPC | Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee |
Effective date: 20050507 |